JP6834466B2 - Vending machine product unloading device - Google Patents

Vending machine product unloading device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
JP6834466B2
JP6834466B2 JP2016250473A JP2016250473A JP6834466B2 JP 6834466 B2 JP6834466 B2 JP 6834466B2 JP 2016250473 A JP2016250473 A JP 2016250473A JP 2016250473 A JP2016250473 A JP 2016250473A JP 6834466 B2 JP6834466 B2 JP 6834466B2
Authority
JP
Japan
Prior art keywords
product
link
product storage
pedal
stopper
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active
Application number
JP2016250473A
Other languages
Japanese (ja)
Other versions
JP2018106324A (en
Inventor
努 岩子
努 岩子
勝彦 福田
勝彦 福田
拓真 垣内
拓真 垣内
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Fuji Electric Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Fuji Electric Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Fuji Electric Co Ltd filed Critical Fuji Electric Co Ltd
Priority to JP2016250473A priority Critical patent/JP6834466B2/en
Priority to CN201711433673.6A priority patent/CN108242105B/en
Publication of JP2018106324A publication Critical patent/JP2018106324A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of JP6834466B2 publication Critical patent/JP6834466B2/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Landscapes

  • Control Of Vending Devices And Auxiliary Devices For Vending Devices (AREA)
  • Vending Machines For Individual Products (AREA)

Description

この発明は、複数の商品を横倒し姿勢で前後方向に一列に整列して収納する商品収納通路を左右方向に複数画成してなる商品収納棚が上下方向に多段に配設された商品収納ラックを備え、商品収納棚の後端側に配設された商品搬出装置により商品収納通路に収納された商品を一個ずつ搬出するようにした自動販売機の商品搬出装置に関する。 The present invention is a product storage rack in which product storage shelves are arranged in multiple stages in the vertical direction, in which a plurality of product storage passages for storing a plurality of products in a row in the front-rear direction in a sideways posture are arranged in the left-right direction. The present invention relates to a product unloading device of a vending machine, which is provided with a product unloading device arranged on the rear end side of a product storage shelf so as to unload the products stored in the product storage passage one by one.

この種の自動販売機は、本体キャビネットの庫内に複数の商品を横倒し姿勢で前後方向に一列に整列して収納する商品収納通路(商品コラムともいう)を備えた商品収納棚が上下方向に複数段配設された商品収納ラックを備えている。前記商品収納ラックに配設された商品収納棚は、商品収納通路の商品搬出口が低くなるように所定の勾配をもって傾斜して構築されている。商品収納棚には前後方向に延在して商品収納棚の上面を幅方向(左右方向)に区分して商品収納通路を画成する仕切部材が設置され、この仕切部材により区画形成されたそれぞれの商品収納通路の商品搬出口には当該商品収納通路に横倒し姿勢で収容された商品を一個ずつ切り出して搬出する商品搬出装置が設けられている(例えば、特許文献1)。 In this type of vending machine, product storage shelves equipped with product storage passages (also called product columns) that store multiple products in a row in the front-back direction in a sideways position inside the main cabinet are vertically oriented. It is equipped with product storage racks arranged in multiple stages. The product storage shelves arranged in the product storage rack are constructed so as to be inclined with a predetermined gradient so that the product carry-out outlet of the product storage passage is lowered. The product storage shelves are provided with partition members that extend in the front-rear direction and divide the upper surface of the product storage shelves in the width direction (left-right direction) to define the product storage passages, and each of the partition members is partitioned by the partition members. At the product carry-out outlet of the product storage passage, a product carry-out device is provided which cuts out and carries out the products stored in the product storage passage in a sideways posture (for example, Patent Document 1).

ここで、前記特許文献1には商品搬出装置について明示されていないが、この種の商品搬出装置は、商品収納通路に出没自在であって販売順位一番の商品(最後端の商品であり、販売商品ともいう)を保持する態様で商品収納通路に突出する突出位置と前記販売商品の保持を解放する態様で商品収納通路から退避する退避位置との間を移動可能に設けたペダル部材、商品収納通路に出没自在であって商品収納通路から退避する退避位置と販売商品に続く販売順位二番の商品(最後端の商品に続く商品であり、次販売商品ともいう)を保持する態様で商品収納通路に突出する突出位置との間を移動可能に設けたストッパ部材、前記ペダル部材およびストッパ部材を突出位置と退避位置とに移動させるリンク機構、このリンク機構を駆動する駆動手段(ソレノイド,モータ)を有し、販売待機時にペダル部材が商品収納通路に突出して販売商品を保持し、ストッパ部材が商品収納通路から退避した状態にあり、販売指令に基づいて前記駆動手段を駆動することによりリンク機構を介してストッパ部材を商品収納通路に突出させて次販売商品を保持した上でペダル部材を商品収納通路から退避させて販売商品を払い出すように構成されている(例えば、特許文献2)。このように、商品搬出装置は、販売指令に応じて駆動される駆動手段を有しているものである。 Here, although the product unloading device is not specified in the above-mentioned Patent Document 1, this type of product unloading device is a product that can freely appear in the product storage passage and has the highest sales order (the last product. Pedal members and products that are movably provided between a protruding position that protrudes into the product storage passage in a mode of holding the product for sale) and a retracted position that retracts from the product storage passage in a mode of releasing the holding of the product for sale. A product that can freely appear in the storage passage and holds the evacuation position to evacuate from the product storage passage and the second product in the sales order (the product following the last product, also called the next product). A stopper member movably provided between the protruding position protruding from the storage passage, a link mechanism for moving the pedal member and the stopper member to the protruding position and the retracted position, and a driving means (solor, motor) for driving this link mechanism. ), The pedal member protrudes into the product storage passage to hold the product for sale, and the stopper member is retracted from the product storage passage during standby for sale, and the link is made by driving the drive means based on the sales command. The stopper member is projected into the product storage passage via a mechanism to hold the next product to be sold, and then the pedal member is retracted from the product storage passage to pay out the product to be sold (for example, Patent Document 2). .. As described above, the product unloading device has a driving means driven according to the sales command.

前記特許文献1に開示された発明は、ロングサイズの商品の長さに定めた商品収納棚を上下方向に多段に配設した商品収納ラック(スラントラックとも称する)を隣接して配置することにより2列のロングサイズ用の商品収納通路(商品コラム)が形成される一方、それぞれの商品収納ラックの幅方向の中央に仕切部材をセットした場合には仕切部材の左右にそれぞれ2列(全体で4列)のショートサイズの商品の長さに対応する商品収納通路(商品コラム)が形成されるように構築され、ショートサイズ用の商品収納通路に対応してその商品搬出口に商品搬出装置がそれぞれ配設され、仕切部材がセットされた場合には2個の商品搬出装置を個別に制御し、仕切部材がセットされていない場合には2個の商品搬出装置を同期制御するように構成されている。 In the invention disclosed in Patent Document 1, a product storage rack (also referred to as a slant truck) in which product storage shelves defined in the length of a long-sized product are arranged in multiple stages in the vertical direction is arranged adjacent to each other. While product storage passages (product columns) for long-sized rows are formed, if the partition members are set in the center of each product storage rack in the width direction, there are two rows on each side of the partition members (four rows in total). ) Is constructed so that a product storage passage (product column) corresponding to the length of the short-sized product is formed, and a product unloading device is arranged at the product carry-out outlet corresponding to the short-sized product storage passage. When the partition member is set, the two product unloading devices are individually controlled, and when the partition member is not set, the two product unloading devices are synchronously controlled.

特開2001−134830号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2001-134830 特許第5742405号公報Japanese Patent No. 5742405

かかる特許文献1に開示された発明によれば、一つのスラントラックに複数の商品コラムを設定することが可能で、一つのスラントラックで長さの異なる種類の商品を販売可能とする点で優れているが、ショートサイズ用の商品収納通路毎に、ペダル部材およびストッパ部材を駆動する駆動手段を備えた商品搬出装置が必要である。例えば、商品収納棚の長さが2列のロングサイズ用の商品収納通路(商品コラム)の長さに定められ、これらの2列のロングサイズ用の商品収納通路(商品コラム)の長さ方向の中央にそれぞれ仕切部材をセットして仕切部材の左右にそれぞれ2列(全体で4列)のショートサイズ用の商品収納通路(商品コラム)が形成されるように構成した場合、4列のショートサイズ用の商品収納通路毎に商品搬出装置(駆動手段)を設けねばならず、少なくともショートサイズ用の商品収納通路に応じた数の駆動手段を必要とする。
ショートサイズ用の商品収納通路に対応してその商品搬出口に配設された商品搬出装置により商品コラムの設定が制限されてしまう課題を有する。すなわち、特許文献1に記載されているように、スラントラックに並置された商品搬出装置がハーフサイズ(ロングサイズの半分の長さ)の長さの商品に対応している場合には、ハーフサイズ用の2列の商品コラムを設定することができる一方、ハーフサイズ以外の例えば、ロングサイズの3/4のサイズの商品コラムを設定しようとした場合、つまり、仕切部材をロングサイズの3/4のサイズの商品コラムを設定しようとした場合、仕切部材が商品搬出装置のペダル部材,ストッパ部材に干渉して仕切部材をセットすることができないことからロングサイズの3/4のサイズの商品コラムを設定することができない。この場合、仕切部材をロングサイズの商品コラムに対応する位置にセットすれば当該ロングサイズの商品に対応して設定された商品収納通路にロングサイズの3/4のサイズの商品を収納することができるが、この場合にはロングサイズの商品に対応する商品収納通路の長さに対して短い長さの商品が収納されることとなるので、ロングサイズの3/4のサイズの商品の姿勢が安定せずに商品詰りを惹起するものである。
According to the invention disclosed in Patent Document 1, it is possible to set a plurality of product columns on one slan truck, and it is excellent in that one slan truck can sell products of different lengths. However, a product unloading device provided with a driving means for driving the pedal member and the stopper member is required for each product storage passage for the short size. For example, the length of the product storage shelf is set to the length of the two rows of long size product storage passages (product columns), and the center of these two rows of long size product storage passages (product columns) in the length direction. When the partition members are set in each of the above and the product storage passages (product columns) for short size are formed in two rows (four rows in total) on the left and right sides of the partition member, the products for four rows of short size are formed. A product unloading device (driving means) must be provided for each storage passage, and at least the number of driving means corresponding to the product storage passage for short size is required.
There is a problem that the setting of the product column is restricted by the product unloading device arranged at the product unloading outlet corresponding to the product storage passage for the short size. That is, as described in Patent Document 1, when the product unloading device juxtaposed on the slant truck corresponds to a product having a length of half size (half the length of the long size), it is used for half size. While it is possible to set two rows of product columns, for example, when trying to set a product column other than half size, for example, a product column of 3/4 size of long size, that is, the partition member is 3/4 size of long size. When trying to set a product column, it is possible to set a long size 3/4 size product column because the partition member interferes with the pedal member and stopper member of the product unloading device and the partition member cannot be set. Can not. In this case, if the partition member is set at a position corresponding to the long-sized product column, the long-sized 3/4 size product can be stored in the product storage passage set corresponding to the long-sized product. In this case, products with a shorter length than the length of the product storage aisle corresponding to the long size product will be stored, so the posture of the product with a size of 3/4 of the long size will not be stable. It causes clogging.

本発明は上記の点に鑑みなされたものであり、その目的は前記課題を解決し、商品コラムの設定に自由度を持たせることができる共に商品収納通路に商品を安定して収納することが可能な自動販売機の商品搬出装置を提供することにある。 The present invention has been made in view of the above points, and an object of the present invention is to solve the above-mentioned problems, to give flexibility in setting a product column, and to stably store a product in a product storage passage. The purpose is to provide a product unloading device for possible vending machines.

本発明は上記の点に鑑みなされたものであり、その目的は前記課題を解決し、可及的に少ない駆動手段によりサイズの異なる複数種類の商品を販売することが可能な自動販売機の商品搬出装置を提供することにある。 The present invention has been made in view of the above points, and an object of the present invention is to solve the above-mentioned problems and to sell a plurality of types of products having different sizes by using as few driving means as possible. The purpose is to provide a unloading device.

上記目的を達成するために請求項1にかかる発明は、商品投入口に対して商品搬出口が低くなるように傾斜して配設された商品収納棚を上下方向に多段に有し、この商品収納棚に横倒し姿勢の商品を前後方向に一列に整列して収納する商品収納通路を仕切部材により左右方向に複数画成してなり、商品収納棚おける商品搬出口の近傍に配設した商品搬出装置により商品収納通路に収納された商品を一個ずつ切り出して搬出する商品収納ラックを備えた自動販売機の商品搬出装置において、前記商品収納棚に横倒し姿勢の商品を前後方向に一列に整列して収納する商品収納通路を仕切部材のセット位置に応じて、少なくとも左右方向に2列のロングサイズの商品に対応する商品収納通路若しくは左右方向に4列のショートサイズの商品に対応する商品収納通路に可変可能であり、前記商品搬出装置は、リンク機構とこのリンク機構を介して商品収納通路に交互に出没するペダル部材およびストッパ部材を組とする4組の払出機構、および4組の払出機構のリンク機構を駆動する駆動手段を備え、前記4組の払出機構のそれぞれのペダル部材およびストッパ部材はショートサイズの商品の長さに対応する長さを有して4列のショートサイズの商品に対応する商品収納通路に対応して左右方向に並置され、駆動手段は、正逆転可能な直流モータを有するとともに一方向への回転により一つのリンク機構を駆動する一方、他方向への回転により他の一つのリンク機構を駆動するモータ駆動ユニットを2個並置してなり、前記4組の払出機構のリンク機構のうちのモータ駆動ユニットの直流モータの一方向への回転により駆動される組のリンク機構は、2個のモータ駆動ユニットの直流モータの一方向への回転により4列に並置されたペダル部材およびストッパ部材のうちの左右方向一方寄りの2列のペダル部材およびストッパ部材を駆動する態様で配される一方、モータ駆動ユニットの直流モータの他方向への回転により駆動される組のリンク機構は、2個のモータ駆動ユニットの直流モータの他方向への回転により4列に並置されたペダル部材およびストッパ部材のうちの左右方向他方寄りの2列のペダル部材およびストッパ部材を駆動する態様で配してなることを特徴とする。 In order to achieve the above object, the invention according to claim 1 has a multi-stage product storage shelf arranged so as to be inclined so that the product carry-out port is lower than the product input port, and this product. the product storage passage for storing the products sideways posture storage shelves are aligned in a row in the longitudinal direction becomes form multiple images in the horizontal direction by the partition member, is disposed in the vicinity of the product outlet port for definitive the product storage rack product In the product unloading device of a vending machine equipped with a product storage rack that cuts out and unloads the products stored in the product storage passage one by one by the unloading device, the products in the sideways posture are arranged in a row in the front-rear direction on the product storage shelf. variable product storage passage for storing in response to the set position of the partition member, the product storage passage corresponding to the product of the product storage passage or in the lateral direction in four columns short size corresponding to the product of the long size of two rows in at least the lateral direction Te It is possible, and the product unloading device is a link of four sets of payout mechanisms and four sets of payout mechanisms, which are a set of a link mechanism and a pedal member and a stopper member that alternately appear and disappear in the product storage passage through the link mechanism. A drive means for driving the mechanism is provided, and each pedal member and stopper member of the four sets of payout mechanisms have a length corresponding to the length of the short size product, and the product storage corresponding to the four rows of short size products. Arranged in the left-right direction corresponding to the passage, the driving means has a DC motor capable of forward and reverse rotation and drives one link mechanism by rotating in one direction, while the other link is driven by rotating in the other direction. Two motor drive units for driving the mechanism are juxtaposed, and among the four sets of link mechanisms of the payout mechanism, the set of link mechanisms driven by the rotation of the motor drive unit in one direction of the DC motor is 2. The pedal members and stopper members arranged in four rows are arranged in a manner of driving two rows of pedal members and stopper members arranged in one direction in the left-right direction by rotating the DC motors of the motor drive units in one direction. On the other hand, the set of link mechanisms driven by the rotation of the DC motor of the motor drive unit in the other direction includes the pedal members and stoppers arranged in four rows by the rotation of the DC motor of the two motor drive units in the other direction. It is characterized in that the two rows of pedal members and stopper members on the opposite side in the left-right direction of the members are arranged in a manner of driving.

また、請求項2に係る発明は、請求項1に記載の自動販売機の商品搬出装置において、前記商品搬出装置は、矩形平板状の後端側に左右方向に4個の商品収納通路に通じる開口部を有する薄板鋼板製の基板、前記基板の開口部にそれぞれ配設され、販売順位一番の商品を保持する態様で前記開口部を通じて商品収納通路に突出する突出位置と前記販売順位一番の商品の保持を解放する態様で前記商品収納通路から退避する退避位置との間を移動可能なように前記基板に保持された回動軸に回動自在に支持されたペダル部材、前記基板の開口部にそれぞれ配設され、販売順位二番の商品を保持する態様で前記開口部を通じて商品収納通路に突出する突出位置と前記販売順位二番の商品の保持を解放する態様で前記商品収納通路から退避する退避位置にとの間を移動可能なように前記基板に保持された回動軸に回動自在に支持されたストッパ部材、前記基板の前端側に左右に離隔して配され、正逆転可能な直流モータを有するとともに一方向への回転により一つのリンク機構を駆動する一方のリンクレバー、前記直流モータの他方向への回転により他の一つのリンク機構を駆動する他方のリンクレバーを有するモータ駆動ユニット、前記ペダル部材およびストッパ部材を突出位置と退避位置とに移動させる下部リンクピンおよび上部リンクピンと、これらの下部リンクピンおよび上部リンクピンを支持してスライド移動自在に配され、前記各モータ駆動ユニットの一方のリンクレバーと前記基板の後端側の開口部に配されたペダル部材およびストッパ部材の一つとをそれぞれ連繋する態様で配されたリンク部材、およびモータ駆動ユニットのうちの他のモータ駆動ユニットの他方のリンクレバーと前記基板の後端側の左右両側の開口部に配されたペダル部材およびストッパ部材の一つとをそれぞれ連繋する態様で配されたリンク部材とからなるリンク機構、前記基板の前端側に敷設した合成樹脂製の配線ガイド、前記配線ガイドに配した売切検出スイッチと、この売切検出スイッチと前記ペダル部材とを連繋する態様で上下方向に延在し、前記ペダル部材若しくはストッパ部材の挙動に連動して上下方向にスライド移動して前記売切検出スイッチを作動させる検知レバーとからなる売切れ検出機構、を備えてなることを特徴とする。 The invention according to claim 2 is the product unloading device of the vending machine according to claim 1, wherein the product unloading device leads to four product storage passages in the left-right direction on the rear end side of a rectangular flat plate. thin steel substrate having an opening portion, are respectively arranged in the opening of the substrate, a projecting position projecting into product storage passage through the opening in a manner that holds the sales ranking best products the sale order most A pedal member rotatably supported by a rotation shaft held on the substrate so as to be movable from a retracted position retracted from the product storage passage in a mode of releasing the holding of the product, the substrate. The product storage passage is arranged in each of the openings and protrudes into the product storage passage through the opening in a manner of holding the product of the second sales order and the product storage passage in a manner of releasing the holding of the product of the second sales order. A stopper member rotatably supported by a rotation shaft held on the substrate so as to be movable between the retracted position and the retracted position, which is separated from the left and right on the front end side of the substrate and is positive. One link lever having a reversible DC motor and driving one link mechanism by rotating in one direction, and the other link lever driving the other link mechanism by rotating the DC motor in the other direction. The motor drive unit, the lower link pin and the upper link pin for moving the pedal member and the stopper member to the protruding position and the retracted position, and the lower link pin and the upper link pin are supported and slidably arranged. Of the link members arranged in such a manner that one of the link levers of each motor drive unit and one of the pedal member and the stopper member arranged in the opening on the rear end side of the substrate are connected to each other, and the motor drive unit. A link consisting of a link lever arranged in a manner of connecting the other link lever of the other motor drive unit and one of the pedal member and the stopper member arranged in the openings on the left and right sides on the rear end side of the substrate. The mechanism, the synthetic resin wiring guide laid on the front end side of the substrate, the sold-out detection switch arranged on the wiring guide, and the sold-out detection switch and the pedal member are connected in the vertical direction. It is characterized by comprising a sold-out detection mechanism including a detection lever that slides in the vertical direction in conjunction with the behavior of the pedal member or the stopper member to operate the sold-out detection switch.

また、請求項3に係る発明は、請求項2に記載の自動販売機の商品搬出装置において、配線ガイドは、売切れ検出機構における検知レバーの上部側を保持し、かつ、検知レバーを待機位置に復帰させる付勢ばねを係止固定してなることを特徴とする。 Further, in the invention according to claim 3, in the product unloading device of the vending machine according to claim 2, the wiring guide holds the upper side of the detection lever in the sold-out detection mechanism, and the detection lever is in the standby position. It is characterized in that the urging spring to be restored is locked and fixed.

本発明の請求項1に係る自動販売機の商品搬出装置によれば、商品投入口に対して商品搬出口が低くなるように傾斜して配設された商品収納棚を上下方向に多段に有し、この商品収納棚に横倒し姿勢の商品を前後方向に一列に整列して収納する商品収納通路を仕切部材により左右方向に複数画成してなり、商品収納棚おける商品搬出口の近傍に配設した商品搬出装置により商品収納通路に収納された商品を一個ずつ切り出して搬出する商品収納ラックを備えた自動販売機の商品搬出装置において、前記商品収納棚に横倒し姿勢の商品を前後方向に一列に整列して収納する商品収納通路を仕切部材のセット位置に応じて、少なくとも左右方向に2列のロングサイズの商品に対応する商品収納通路若しくは左右方向に4列のショートサイズの商品に対応する商品収納通路に可変可能であり、前記商品搬出装置は、リンク機構とこのリンク機構を介して商品収納通路に交互に出没するペダル部材およびストッパ部材を組とする4組の払出機構、および4組の払出機構のリンク機構を駆動する駆動手段を備え、前記4組の払出機構のそれぞれのペダル部材およびストッパ部材はショートサイズの商品の長さに対応する長さを有して4列のショートサイズの商品に対応する商品収納通路に対応して左右方向に並置され、駆動手段は、正逆転可能な直流モータを有するとともに一方向への回転により一つのリンク機構を駆動する一方、他方向への回転により他の一つのリンク機構を駆動するモータ駆動ユニットを2個並置してなり、前記4組の払出機構のリンク機構のうちのモータ駆動ユニットの直流モータの一方向への回転により駆動される組のリンク機構は、2個のモータ駆動ユニットの直流モータの一方向への回転により4列に並置されたペダル部材およびストッパ部材のうちの左右方向一方寄りの2列のペダル部材およびストッパ部材を駆動する態様で配される一方、モータ駆動ユニットの直流モータの他方向への回転により駆動される組のリンク機構は、2個のモータ駆動ユニットの直流モータの他方向への回転により4列に並置されたペダル部材およびストッパ部材のうちの左右方向他方寄りの2列のペダル部材およびストッパ部材を駆動する態様で配してなることにより、4列のショートサイズの商品に対応する商品収納通路に収納された商品を販売する際には2個のモータ駆動ユニットの直流モータをそれぞれ個別に正転若しくは逆転させることにより各商品収納通路に収納されたショートサイズの商品を個別に安定して搬出することができる一方、2列のロングサイズの商品に対応する商品収納通路に収納された商品を販売する際には2個のモータ駆動ユニットの直流モータをそれぞれ同期して正転若しくは逆転させることにより各商品収納通路に収納されたロングサイズの商品を個別に安定して搬出することができるものであり、一つの商品収納棚で長さの異なる種類の商品を販売可能としつつ駆動手段の個数を削減することができるという効果を奏する。 According to the product unloading device of the vending machine according to claim 1 of the present invention, the product storage shelves arranged so as to be inclined so that the product loading port is lower than the product input port are provided in multiple stages in the vertical direction. and, the product storage passage for storing and aligning the products sideways posture to the product storage bin in a row in the longitudinal direction becomes form multiple images in the horizontal direction by the partition member, in the vicinity of the product outlet port for definitive the product storage rack In the product unloading device of the vending machine equipped with the product storage rack that cuts out and unloads the products stored in the product storage passage one by one by the arranged product unloading device, the products in the sideways posture on the product storage shelf are placed in the front-rear direction. depending the product storage passage for storing aligned in a row in the set position of the partition member, commodity corresponding to the commodity of product storage passage or in the lateral direction in four columns short size corresponding to the product of the long size of two rows in at least the lateral direction The product unloading device can be changed to a storage passage , and the product unloading device consists of a link mechanism and four sets of payout mechanisms including pedal members and stopper members that alternately appear and disappear in the product storage passage via the link mechanism, and four sets. A drive means for driving the link mechanism of the payout mechanism is provided, and each of the pedal members and stopper members of the four sets of payout mechanisms has a length corresponding to the length of the short size product, and can be used for four rows of short size products. Arranged in the left-right direction corresponding to the corresponding product storage passage, the drive means has a DC motor capable of forward and reverse rotation and drives one link mechanism by rotating in one direction, while the other by rotating in the other direction. Two motor drive units that drive one of the link mechanisms are arranged side by side, and a set of links that are driven by the unidirectional rotation of the DC motor of the motor drive unit among the link mechanisms of the four sets of payout mechanisms. The mechanism is an embodiment in which two rows of pedal members and stopper members arranged side by side in four rows are driven by rotation of two motor drive units in one direction to drive two rows of pedal members and stopper members arranged in one direction in the left-right direction. On the other hand, the link mechanism of the set driven by the rotation of the DC motor of the motor drive unit in the other direction is juxtaposed in four rows by the rotation of the DC motor of the two motor drive units in the other direction. Products stored in the product storage passage corresponding to four rows of short-sized products by arranging the pedal members and stopper members in a manner of driving two rows of pedal members and stopper members on the opposite side in the left-right direction. When selling the DC motors of the two motor drive units individually By rotating forward or reverse, short-sized products stored in each product storage passage can be individually and stably carried out, while products stored in the product storage passage corresponding to two rows of long-sized products are sold. By synchronizing the DC motors of the two motor drive units in the forward or reverse direction, the long-sized products stored in each product storage passage can be individually and stably carried out. This has the effect of reducing the number of drive means while making it possible to sell different types of products with different lengths on a single product storage shelf.

また、本発明の請求項2に係る自動販売機の商品搬出装置によれば、商品の売切れをペダル部材の挙動により検出することができるとともに基板の後端側に配したペダル部材の挙動を基板の前端側に敷設した合成樹脂製の配線ガイドに配した売切検出スイッチに伝達する検出レバーを設けたことにより、電装品(モータ駆動ユニットに内蔵された直流モータ,キャリアスイッチ、売切検出スイッチ)を基板の前端側に集約することができるので、電装品の配線が容易であるという利点を有する。 Further, according to the product unloading device of the vending machine according to claim 2 of the present invention, the sold-out product can be detected by the behavior of the pedal member, and the behavior of the pedal member arranged on the rear end side of the substrate can be detected on the substrate. By providing a detection lever that transmits to the sold-out detection switch arranged in the synthetic resin wiring guide laid on the front end side of the electrical components (DC motor, carrier switch, sold-out detection switch built in the motor drive unit) ) Can be integrated on the front end side of the substrate, which has an advantage that wiring of electrical components is easy.

また、本発明の請求項3に係る自動販売機の商品搬出装置によれば、配線ガイドにより売切れ検出機構の検出レバーの安定したスライド移動を図ることができるという利点を有する。 Further, the product unloading device of the vending machine according to claim 3 of the present invention has an advantage that the detection lever of the sold-out detection mechanism can be stably slid by the wiring guide.

本発明が対象とする自動販売機の概略部側面図である。It is a schematic side view of the vending machine which is the object of this invention. 図1の商品収納ラックを右斜め上方から見た斜視図である。It is a perspective view which looked at the product storage rack of FIG. 1 from the diagonally upper right. 図2の商品収納ラックの分解図である。It is an exploded view of the product storage rack of FIG. 図1の商品収納棚を示し、(a)はその斜視図、(b)は(a)の分解図である。The product storage shelf of FIG. 1 is shown, (a) is a perspective view thereof, and (b) is an exploded view of (a). 図4の商品収納棚の分解斜視図である。It is an exploded perspective view of the product storage shelf of FIG. 図5の商品収納棚をラック側板に取付けた状態を示し、(a)はその要部斜視図、(b)は(a)のB部拡大図である。A state in which the product storage shelf of FIG. 5 is attached to the rack side plate is shown, (a) is a perspective view of a main part thereof, and (b) is an enlarged view of part B of (a). 姿勢制御板の後方側棚部材への取付けを示す一部分解斜視図である。It is a partially disassembled perspective view which shows the attachment to the rear side shelf member of an attitude control board. 図2の左右の仕切部材を示し、(a)は上面斜視図、(b)は(a)の背面斜視図である。The left and right partition members of FIG. 2 are shown, (a) is a top perspective view, and (b) is a rear perspective view of (a). 図2の中央の仕切部材を示し、(a)は上面斜視図、(b)は(a)の背面斜視図である。The central partition member of FIG. 2 is shown, (a) is a top perspective view, and (b) is a rear perspective view of (a). 商品収納棚に仕切部材およびアタッチメントを敷設した状態を示し、(a)は上面斜視図、(b)は(a)の背面斜視図である。図5Aの商品搬出装置の主要部の平面図である。A state in which a partition member and an attachment are laid on the product storage shelf is shown, (a) is a top perspective view, and (b) is a rear perspective view of (a). FIG. 5A is a plan view of a main part of the product unloading device of FIG. 5A. 図2のアタチメントを右斜め上方から見た斜視図である。It is a perspective view which looked at the attachment of FIG. 2 from the diagonally upper right. 図11の第1アタッチメントを示し、(a)は上面斜視図、(b)は背面斜視図である。The first attachment of FIG. 11 is shown, (a) is a top perspective view, and (b) is a rear perspective view. 図11の第2アタッチメントを示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the 2nd attachment of FIG. 図11のアタッチメントのセット状態を示す側面図である。It is a side view which shows the set state of the attachment of FIG. 商品搬出装置を右斜め上方から見た斜視図である。It is a perspective view of the product unloading device viewed from diagonally above right. 図15の商品搬出装置を背面から見た斜視図である。FIG. 5 is a perspective view of the product unloading device of FIG. 15 as viewed from the back. 図15の商品搬出装置の平面図である。It is a top view of the product unloading device of FIG. 図15の商品搬出装置の分解斜視図である。It is an exploded perspective view of the product unloading device of FIG. 商品搬出装置の基板を右斜め上方から見た斜視図である。It is a perspective view which looked at the substrate of the product unloading device from the diagonally upper right. 図19の基板の軸受部を拡大して示す要部拡大図である。It is an enlarged view of the main part which shows the bearing part of the substrate of FIG. 19 enlarged. 第1,第2,第4払出機構のペダル部材を示し、(a)はその斜視図、(b)はその断面図である。The pedal members of the first, second, and fourth payout mechanisms are shown, (a) is a perspective view thereof, and (b) is a cross-sectional view thereof. 第3払出機構のペダル部材を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the pedal member of the 3rd payout mechanism. 第1,第2,第4払出機構のストッパ部材を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the stopper member of the 1st, 2nd, and 4th payout mechanisms. 第3払出機構のストッパ部材を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the stopper member of the 3rd payout mechanism. 第1リンク機構を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the 1st link mechanism. 第2リンク機構を示し、(a)はその斜視図、(b)背面斜視図である。The second link mechanism is shown, (a) is a perspective view thereof, and (b) is a rear perspective view. 第3リンク機構を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the 3rd link mechanism. 第4リンク機構を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the 4th link mechanism. モータ駆動ユニットの要部構成と動作を示し、(a)は販売待機時の要部平面図、(b)は販売時の要部平面図である。The configuration and operation of the main part of the motor drive unit are shown, (a) is a plan view of the main part during sales standby, and (b) is a plan view of the main part at the time of sale. 第1〜第4売切検出機構売切検出機構を示す分解斜視図である。1st to 4th Sold Out Detection Mechanism It is an exploded perspective view which shows the sold out detection mechanism. 配線ガイドを示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the wiring guide. 商品搬出装置における払出機構の要部の商品ローディング前の動作説明図である。It is operation explanatory drawing before the product loading of the main part of the payout mechanism in a product carry-out device. 商品搬出装置における払出機構の販売待機状態の動作説明図である。It is operation explanatory drawing of the sale standby state of the payout mechanism in a product carry-out device. 商品搬出装置における払出機構の販売時の動作説明図である。It is operation explanatory drawing at the time of sale of the payout mechanism in a product carry-out device. 商品コラムC1〜C4を設定する仕切部材と商品搬出装置との関係を示す要部斜視図である。It is a main part perspective view which shows the relationship between the partition member which sets the product column C1 to C4, and the product carry-out device. 商品コラムC1,C5,C6を設定する仕切部材と商品搬出装置との関係を示す要部斜視図である。It is a main part perspective view which shows the relationship between the partition member which sets a product column C1, C5, C6, and the product unloading device. 商品コラムC1,C2,C7を設定する仕切部材と商品搬出装置との関係を示す要部斜視図である。It is a perspective view of the main part which shows the relationship between the partition member which sets a product column C1, C2 and C7, and the product unloading device. 商品コラムC7,C8を設定する仕切部材と商品搬出装置との関係を示す要部斜視図である。FIG. 5 is a perspective view of a main part showing a relationship between a partition member for setting product columns C7 and C8 and a product unloading device. アタッチメントと商品搬出装置5との関係を示す要部側面図である。It is a side view of the main part which shows the relationship between the attachment and the product carry-out device 5.

以下、本発明の実施の形態に係る自動販売機の商品搬出装置を図面に基づいて詳細に説明する。図1は本発明が対象とする自動販売機の一例である缶入り飲料,ペットボトル入り飲料を販売する自動販売機の概略側面図、図2は図1の商品収納ラック4を右斜め上方から俯瞰した要部分解斜視図である。なお、左右とは、自動販売機の前面から見た場合の左右を指すものである。 Hereinafter, the product unloading device of the vending machine according to the embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. FIG. 1 is a schematic side view of a vending machine that sells canned beverages and PET bottled beverages, which is an example of a vending machine targeted by the present invention. FIG. It is an exploded perspective view of a main part from a bird's-eye view. The left and right refer to the left and right when viewed from the front of the vending machine.

以下、本発明の実施の形態に係る自動販売機を図面に基づいて詳細に説明する。図1は本発明が対象とする自動販売機の一例である缶入り飲料,ペットボトル入り飲料を販売する自動販売機の概略側面図、図2は図1の商品収納ラック4を右斜め上方から俯瞰した斜視図である。なお、左右とは、自動販売機の前面から見た場合の左右を指すものである。 Hereinafter, the vending machine according to the embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. FIG. 1 is a schematic side view of a vending machine that sells canned beverages and PET bottled beverages, which is an example of a vending machine targeted by the present invention, and FIG. 2 shows the product storage rack 4 of FIG. 1 from diagonally above right. It is a bird's-eye view. The left and right refer to the left and right when viewed from the front of the vending machine.

図1に示すように、この自動販売機は、前面が開放した断熱筐体として形成された本体キャビネット1と、本体キャビネット1の前面開口を閉塞する態様で本体キャビネット1の前面に開閉可能に支持された外扉2とを備え、この外扉2には商品取出口2aが設けられている。本体キャビネット1は鋼板製の外箱の内側、すなわち、上壁1a,左右側壁1b,背壁1cおよび底壁1dにウレタンフォームからなる断熱パネルを配設して断熱筐体として構築され、上壁1a,左右側壁1b,背壁1cおよび底壁1dに配設された断熱パネルで囲まれた空間が商品収納庫として形成され、商品収納庫の下部が機械室8として形成されている。本体キャビネット1における商品収納庫の前面は開閉可能な断熱内扉3によって閉塞され、この断熱内扉3には商品収納庫内から送出される商品によって押し開かれる搬出口フラッパ3bを有する商品搬出口3aが設けられている。前記本体キャビネット1の断熱パネルで囲まれた商品収納庫内には上下方向に多段に配設された商品収納棚10を有する商品収納ラック4が、左右方向に複数収納設置されている。 As shown in FIG. 1, this vending machine is supported on the front surface of the main body cabinet 1 so as to be openable and closable in a manner of closing the front opening of the main body cabinet 1 formed as a heat insulating housing having an open front surface. The outer door 2 is provided with a product outlet 2a. The main body cabinet 1 is constructed as a heat insulating housing by arranging heat insulating panels made of urethane foam on the inside of the outer box made of steel plate, that is, on the upper wall 1a, the left and right side walls 1b, the back wall 1c and the bottom wall 1d. A space surrounded by heat insulating panels arranged on 1a, the left and right side walls 1b, the back wall 1c, and the bottom wall 1d is formed as a product storage, and the lower part of the product storage is formed as a machine room 8. The front surface of the product storage in the main body cabinet 1 is closed by a heat-insulating inner door 3 that can be opened and closed, and the heat-insulating inner door 3 has a product carry-out outlet 3b that is pushed open by products sent from the product storage. 3a is provided. In the product storage cabinet surrounded by the heat insulating panel of the main body cabinet 1, a plurality of product storage racks 4 having product storage shelves 10 arranged in multiple stages in the vertical direction are installed in the horizontal direction.

前記商品収納ラック4は、左右一対のラック側板41,41を備えており、この左右一対のラック側板41に商品収納棚10が架設される。前記左右のラック側板41,41は、図2から理解できるように、矩形平板状の薄板鋼板製になる。商品収納棚10は、商品投入口44となる前方側が高く、商品搬出口45となる後方側が低くなるように所定の勾配をもって傾斜する態様で左右のラック側板41,41に上下多段(この実施の形態では10段)に架設されている。最上段の商品収納棚10の上方にはメック係止部材100が左右一対のラック側板41,41に架設されている。また、左右のラック側板41,41の上端には、サーペンタイン式商品収納ラックと同様のラック側フック金具40,40(図2参照)が架設され、このラック側フック金具40,40を商品収納庫の天井に敷設された本体側フック金具(不図示)に係止固定することにより、商品収納ラック4が商品収納庫に収設されるものである。 The product storage rack 4 includes a pair of left and right rack side plates 41 and 41, and a product storage shelf 10 is erected on the pair of left and right rack side plates 41. As can be understood from FIG. 2, the left and right rack side plates 41 and 41 are made of rectangular flat plate-shaped thin steel plates. The product storage shelf 10 is inclined with a predetermined gradient so that the front side serving as the product input port 44 is high and the rear side serving as the product carry-out port 45 is low, and the left and right rack side plates 41 and 41 are arranged in multiple stages (in this implementation). In the form, it is erected in 10 steps). A mech locking member 100 is erected on a pair of left and right rack side plates 41 and 41 above the product storage shelf 10 on the uppermost stage. Further, rack-side hook metal fittings 40, 40 (see FIG. 2) similar to the cerpentine-type product storage rack are erected on the upper ends of the left and right rack-side plates 41, 41, and the rack-side hook metal fittings 40, 40 are stored in the product storage. The product storage rack 4 is housed in the product storage by locking and fixing it to a hook metal fitting (not shown) on the main body side laid on the ceiling of the product.

前記商品収納棚10には、図2に示すように、複数の仕切部材42が装着されている。これらの仕切部材42は、複数の商品を横倒し姿勢で前後方向に一列に整列して収納する商品収納通路43(商品コラム)を画成するものである。前記商品収納棚10に画成された各商品収納通路43における商品搬出口45の近傍であって各商品収納通路43の上部、この実施の形態においては上段側の商品収納棚10の下面側に当該商品収納通路43に収容された商品Sを一個ずつ切り出して搬出する商品搬出装置5が配設されている。また、商品収納棚10には、必要に応じて商品搬出装置5と商品収納通路43の通路面との間の間隔を調整するアタッチメント20(図2,図3参照)が敷設されている。なお、最上段の商品収納通路43に収納された商品を一個ずつ切り出す商品搬出装置5を取付けるために、最上段の商品収納通路43の上方にダミーの商品収納棚10からなるメック係止部材100が左右一対のラック側板41,41に架設されている。 As shown in FIG. 2, a plurality of partition members 42 are mounted on the product storage shelf 10. These partition members 42 define a product storage aisle 43 (product column) for storing a plurality of products in a row in the front-rear direction in a sideways posture. In the vicinity of the product carry-out port 45 in each product storage aisle 43 defined in the product storage shelf 10, the upper part of each product storage aisle 43, in this embodiment, on the lower surface side of the upper product storage shelf 10. A product unloading device 5 is provided which cuts out and carries out the products S housed in the product storage passage 43 one by one. Further, the product storage shelf 10 is provided with an attachment 20 (see FIGS. 2 and 3) for adjusting the distance between the product unloading device 5 and the passage surface of the product storage passage 43 as needed. In addition, in order to attach the product carry-out device 5 that cuts out the products stored in the uppermost product storage aisle 43 one by one, a mech locking member 100 composed of a dummy product storage shelf 10 above the uppermost product storage aisle 43. Are erected on a pair of left and right rack side plates 41, 41.

そして、メック係止部材100の後端上方位置に庫内上部ファンF2が配備されている。メック係止部材100の後端上方域は、メック係止部材100が前方側に対して後方側が低くなるように所定の勾配をもって傾斜して配されることによりデッドスペースとなる部位であり、このデッドスペースを利用して庫内上部ファンF2が配備されている。庫内上部ファンF2は、商品収納庫内の奥側の空気を前方に向けて送風するものである。また、庫内上部ファンF2の前方側であって、商品収納庫の奥行方向の略中間位置には風向転換部材WCが設けられている。この風向転換部材WCは、後述するラック側フック金具40(図2,図3参照)に固定されており、庫内上部ファンF2から送風される前方に向かう空気を下方へ方向転換させるものである。 Then, the upper fan F2 in the refrigerator is arranged at a position above the rear end of the MEC locking member 100. The area above the rear end of the MEC locking member 100 is a portion that becomes a dead space when the MEC locking member 100 is inclined and arranged with a predetermined gradient so that the rear side is lower than the front side. The upper fan F2 in the refrigerator is deployed using the dead space. The upper fan F2 in the refrigerator blows the air in the back side of the product storage toward the front. Further, a wind direction changing member WC is provided on the front side of the upper fan F2 in the refrigerator at a substantially intermediate position in the depth direction of the product storage. This wind direction changing member WC is fixed to the rack side hook metal fitting 40 (see FIGS. 2 and 3) described later, and changes the direction of the forward air blown from the upper fan F2 in the refrigerator downward. ..

前記各商品収納ラック4に上下多段に配設された商品収納棚10の後端(商品搬出口45)は同一の鉛直線上に位置しており、前記商品搬出口45と商品収納庫背面側に配設された平板状の通路形成部材48(図3参照)との間が商品Sの落下する商品落下通路46として形成されている。そして、各商品収納棚10の後端部には、前記商品落下通路46に突出する突出位置と、落下する商品Gにより押し開かれて商品落下通路46から退避する退避位置との間を回動する姿勢制御板47が配備されている。この姿勢制御板47は、コイルばね470(図7参照)により商品落下通路46に向けて突出するように付勢されており、商品落下通路46を落下する商品Gにより押し開かれて商品落下通路46から退避する際、当該商品Gの姿勢を横倒し姿勢に矯正するとともに当該商品Sの落下エネルギーを吸収してその落下速度を低減させる機能を有している。なお、前記通路形成部材48は、左右一対のラック側板41,41に係止固定されている。また、左右一対のラック側板41,41の前端下部には、ラック固定金具49が固着されている。このラック固定金具49は、商品収納ラック4を商品収納庫に収設した後に本体キャビネット1の前面開口に横架される本体側ラック固定金具(不図示)にねじ止めされ、この本体側ラック固定金具と協働して商品収納ラック4の揺れ止めを果たすものである。 The rear ends (product carry-out outlets 45) of the product storage shelves 10 arranged in multiple stages above and below each product storage rack 4 are located on the same vertical line, and are located on the back side of the product carry-out outlet 45 and the product storage cabinet. The product drop passage 46 from which the product S falls is formed between the arranged flat plate-shaped passage forming member 48 (see FIG. 3). Then, at the rear end of each product storage shelf 10, it rotates between a protruding position protruding into the product falling passage 46 and a retracting position pushed open by the falling product G and retracted from the product falling passage 46. Attitude control plate 47 is deployed. The attitude control plate 47 is urged by a coil spring 470 (see FIG. 7) so as to project toward the product drop passage 46, and is pushed open by the product G falling through the product drop passage 46 to open the product drop passage. When retracting from 46, it has a function of correcting the posture of the product G to a sideways posture and absorbing the falling energy of the product S to reduce the falling speed. The aisle forming member 48 is locked and fixed to a pair of left and right rack side plates 41, 41. Further, a rack fixing bracket 49 is fixed to the lower part of the front end of the pair of left and right rack side plates 41, 41. The rack fixing bracket 49 is screwed to the main body side rack fixing bracket (not shown) which is laid horizontally on the front opening of the main body cabinet 1 after the product storage rack 4 is housed in the product storage, and is fixed to the main body side rack. It works in cooperation with the metal fittings to prevent the product storage rack 4 from shaking.

商品収納ラック4の下部には、商品落下通路46の下方域と断熱内扉3に設けた商品搬出口3aとを連繋する態様で前下がりの姿勢に傾斜して配されるとともにその板面に複数の通気孔が穿孔された商品搬出シュータ5と、商品収納ラック4に収納した商品Gを冷却若しくは加熱してコールド若しくはホット状態に保存する冷却/加熱ユニット6が配設され、商品収納庫内に商品収納ラック4と商品搬出シュータ5と冷却/加熱ユニット6とが上下の順に配備されている。 At the lower part of the product storage rack 4, the lower area of the product drop passage 46 and the product carry-out port 3a provided in the heat-insulating inner door 3 are connected to each other so as to be inclined forward and downward and on the plate surface. A product carry-out shooter 5 having a plurality of vents is provided, and a cooling / heating unit 6 for cooling or heating the product G stored in the product storage rack 4 and storing the product in a cold or hot state is arranged in the product storage. The product storage rack 4, the product unloading shooter 5, and the cooling / heating unit 6 are arranged in the order of top and bottom.

前記冷却/加熱ユニット6は、前下がりの姿勢に傾斜して配された商品搬出シュータ5の背後の空間に配設されている。冷却/加熱ユニット6は、蒸発器6aとヒータ6bと庫内下部ファンF1とが、前方側から蒸発器6a,庫内下部ファンF1,ヒータ6bの順に前後方向に並置されている。蒸発器6a,庫内下部ファンF1,ヒータ6bは、それぞれを囲繞して保護する風洞内に配されており、ヒータ6bの風洞に連ねてスペーサー用の風洞60が設けられている。前記蒸発器6a,庫内下部ファンF1,ヒータ6bにおけるそれぞれの風洞と風洞60は全体としてトンネル状に連続したものである。そして、風洞60に連ねてダクト61が設けられている。このダクト61は、商品落下通路46の下方域まで延在する態様で商品収納庫背面(本体キャビネット1の背壁1c)に沿って配設された横断面コ字状の部材からなり、風洞60の出口に対峙する入口側開口と商品落下通路46の下方域に連通する出口側開口を備えている。 The cooling / heating unit 6 is arranged in the space behind the product unloading shooter 5 which is arranged so as to be inclined forward. In the cooling / heating unit 6, the evaporator 6a, the heater 6b, and the inner lower fan F1 are arranged side by side in the front-rear direction in the order of the evaporator 6a, the inner lower fan F1, and the heater 6b from the front side. The evaporator 6a, the lower fan F1 in the refrigerator, and the heater 6b are arranged in a wind tunnel that surrounds and protects each of them, and a wind tunnel 60 for a spacer is provided in connection with the wind tunnel of the heater 6b. The wind tunnels and the wind tunnels 60 in the evaporator 6a, the lower fan F1 in the refrigerator, and the heater 6b are continuous in a tunnel shape as a whole. A duct 61 is provided in connection with the wind tunnel 60. The duct 61 is composed of a cross-sectional U-shaped member arranged along the back surface of the product storage (back wall 1c of the main body cabinet 1) in a manner extending to the lower region of the product drop passage 46, and is a wind tunnel 60. It is provided with an entrance side opening facing the exit of the product and an outlet side opening communicating with the lower area of the product drop passage 46.

さらに、本体キャビネット1の下部の機械室8には、冷却/加熱ユニット6の蒸発器6aと冷凍サイクルを形成する冷凍機コンデンシングユニット9が配設されている。冷凍機コンデンシングユニット9は、圧縮機9a,凝縮器9b,庫外ファン9c,膨張弁(不図示)などからなり、商品収納庫外に配された凝縮器9bと商品収納庫内に配された蒸発器6aとが膨張弁を介して冷媒配管により接続されている。 Further, in the machine room 8 below the main body cabinet 1, an evaporator 6a of the cooling / heating unit 6 and a refrigerator condensing unit 9 forming a refrigerating cycle are arranged. The refrigerator condensin unit 9 includes a compressor 9a, a condenser 9b, an outside fan 9c, an expansion valve (not shown), and the like, and is arranged inside the product storage and the condenser 9b arranged outside the product storage. The evaporator 6a is connected to the evaporator 6a by a refrigerant pipe via an expansion valve.

なお、外扉2の前面には、図示は省略するが、商品コラムに対応した複数の商品見本を展示した商品展示室、購入する商品Sを指定する商品選択ボタン、代価としての硬貨を投入する硬貨投入口、代価としての紙幣を挿入する紙幣挿入口、釣銭硬貨若しくは返却指令により返却される硬貨を取り出すための硬貨返却口、釣銭若しくは投入硬貨の返却を指示する返却レバーなど、貨幣の投入により商品Sの自動販売に必要な部品が配設され、さらに、外扉2を本体キャビネット1に閉止鎖錠する扉ロック機構のハンドルなどが設けられている。 Although not shown, a product display room displaying a plurality of product samples corresponding to the product columns, a product selection button for designating the product S to be purchased, and coins as a price are inserted on the front surface of the outer door 2. By inserting coins, such as a coin slot, a bill slot for inserting bills as a price, a coin return slot for taking out change coins or coins returned by a return command, and a return lever for instructing the return of change or inserted coins. Parts necessary for automatic sale of the product S are arranged, and a handle of a door lock mechanism for closing and locking the outer door 2 to the main body cabinet 1 is provided.

前記商品収納棚10は、図4に示すように、前後方向に分割した前方側棚部材11および後方側棚部材12からなり、後方側棚部材12に姿勢制御板47が揺動自在に装着されている。前方側棚部材11および後方側棚部材12は、矩形の板面の左右側縁から下方に折り曲げられたフランジ111,111およびフランジ121,121を形成して補強が図られている。 As shown in FIG. 4, the product storage shelf 10 is composed of a front side shelf member 11 and a rear side shelf member 12 divided in the front-rear direction, and an attitude control plate 47 is swingably mounted on the rear side shelf member 12. ing. The front side shelf member 11 and the rear side shelf member 12 are reinforced by forming flanges 111, 111 and flanges 121, 121 that are bent downward from the left and right side edges of a rectangular plate surface.

図5に示すように、前方側棚部材11の前端部分は、左右フランジ111,111の幅よりも広幅に形成され、その前端を下方に折り曲げて垂下部112aを形成するとともに左右に張り出した係止部112,112が設けられている。また、左右フランジ111,111の前端側には、外側に突出する態様でコ字形に形成された係合部113が設けられ、係合部113の前方側脚片には円錐状のボス113aが形成されている。この係合部113は、左右フランジ111に前後方向に延在して形成したスリット114により内外(左右)方向に移動するように可撓性を有している。また、前方側棚部材11の後方寄りは、左右に張り出した係止片115,115が設けられている。この係止片115,115は、図6に示すように、先端側を下方側に折り返してフック状に形成されている。さらに、前方側棚部材11の板面には、その板面の前方寄りに位置して左右方向に延在するスリットとして形成されたガイド溝116L1,116M,16Rと、ガイド溝116L,116Rの後方側にそれぞれ位置して前後方向に延在するスリットとして形成されるとともに左右方向に5列並置する態様で穿設された設定溝117L,117Rと、ガイド溝116Mの後方側にそれぞれ位置して前後方向に延在するスリットとして形成されるとともに左右方向に3列並置する態様で穿設された設定溝117Mと、前方側棚部材11の前後方向の略中間部に位置してそれぞれ開口して形成された開口部118L1,118L2および開口部118R1,118R2と、前方側棚部材11の後方寄りに位置して多数穿設された通気孔119と、前方側棚部材11の後端に位置して開口部118L1,118L2,118R1,118R2にそれぞれ対応して切欠き形成されたスリット状の逃げ溝119L1,119L2,119R1,119R2がそれぞれ設けられている。なお、開口部118L2,118R2の左縁の後方にはそれぞれ係止溝118L21,118R21が形成されている。 As shown in FIG. 5, the front end portion of the front side shelf member 11 is formed to be wider than the width of the left and right flanges 111 and 111, and the front end thereof is bent downward to form a hanging portion 112a and is projected to the left and right. Stops 112 and 112 are provided. Further, on the front end side of the left and right flanges 111 and 111, an engaging portion 113 formed in a U shape so as to project outward is provided, and a conical boss 113a is provided on the front leg piece of the engaging portion 113. It is formed. The engaging portion 113 has flexibility so as to move in the inward / outward (left / right) direction by a slit 114 formed in the left / right flange 111 extending in the front-rear direction. Further, on the rear side of the front side shelf member 11, locking pieces 115 and 115 protruding to the left and right are provided. As shown in FIG. 6, the locking pieces 115 and 115 are formed in a hook shape by folding the tip end side downward. Further, on the plate surface of the front side shelf member 11, guide grooves 116L1, 116M, 16R formed as slits located closer to the front of the plate surface and extending in the left-right direction, and rear of the guide grooves 116L, 116R. The setting grooves 117L and 117R, which are located on the sides and are formed as slits extending in the front-rear direction and are formed in five rows in the left-right direction, and the front and rear are located on the rear side of the guide groove 116M, respectively. The setting grooves 117M, which are formed as slits extending in the direction and are formed so as to be juxtaposed in three rows in the left-right direction, and the front shelf member 11 are formed by opening at substantially intermediate portions in the front-rear direction. Openings 118L1, 118L2 and openings 118R1, 118R2, a large number of ventilation holes 119 bored located near the rear of the front shelf member 11, and openings located at the rear end of the front shelf member 11. Slit-shaped relief grooves 119L1, 119L2, 119R1, 119R2 are provided so as to correspond to the portions 118L1, 118L2, 118R1, 118R2, respectively. Locking grooves 118L21 and 118R21 are formed behind the left edges of the openings 118L2 and 118R2, respectively.

後方側棚部材12の前端には、中空円筒形状(カール状)に丸めて形成された中空状部122が形成され、この中空状部122の両端は左右に突出(左右フランジ121より外側に突出)している。また、左右フランジ121,121の前方寄り縁部には、半円状の切欠きによりピン挿通部121aが形成され、また、左右フランジ121の後端にも切欠きにより円弧状のピン係合部121bが形成されている。さらに、後方側棚部材12の板面には、その板面の前方寄りに位置して多数穿設された通気孔129と、前方側棚部材11の後端に位置して左右一対の開口部118L1,118R1にそれぞれ対応して切欠き形成されたスリット状の逃げ溝119L1,119L2,119R1,119R2と同一間隔で形成されたスリット状の係合溝128L1,128L2,128R1,128R2と、前方側棚部材11の設定溝117L,117M,117Rに対応して穿設された設定溝127L,127M,127Rと、後方側棚部材12の前後方向の略中間部に位置してそれぞれ開口して形成された開口部128L11,128L21および開口部128R11,128R21と、がそれぞれ設けられている。なお、後方側棚部材12の後端には左右に分散して姿勢制御板47が取付けられるのであるが、この姿勢制御板47の後方側棚部材12への取付けについては後述する図7により説明する。 A hollow cylindrical portion 122 formed by rolling into a hollow cylindrical shape (curl shape) is formed at the front end of the rear side shelf member 12, and both ends of the hollow portion 122 project to the left and right (project to the outside from the left and right flanges 121). )doing. Further, a pin insertion portion 121a is formed at the front edge of the left and right flanges 121 and 121 by a semicircular notch, and an arc-shaped pin engaging portion is also formed at the rear end of the left and right flanges 121 by a notch. 121b is formed. Further, on the plate surface of the rear side shelf member 12, a large number of ventilation holes 129 located closer to the front of the plate surface and a pair of left and right openings located at the rear end of the front side shelf member 11. Slit-shaped engagement grooves 128L1, 128L2, 128R1, 128R2 formed at the same intervals as slit-shaped relief grooves 119L1, 119L2, 119R1, 119R2, which are notched corresponding to 118L1, 118R1, and the front shelf. The setting grooves 127L, 127M, 127R drilled corresponding to the setting grooves 117L, 117M, 117R of the member 11 and the setting grooves 127L, 127M, 127R were formed by opening at substantially intermediate portions in the front-rear direction of the rear side shelf member 12, respectively. The openings 128L11, 128L21 and the openings 128R11, 128R21 are provided, respectively. The attitude control plate 47 is attached to the rear end of the rear shelf member 12 in a dispersed manner on the left and right. The attachment of the attitude control plate 47 to the rear shelf member 12 will be described later with reference to FIG. 7. To do.

これらの前方側棚部材11と後方側棚部材12とは、図6の(a)に示すように、左右一対のラック側板41,41に取付けられる。これらの前方側棚部材11と後方側棚部材12を取付けるために左右一対のラック側板41,41は、次のように構成されている。なお、図6では右側ラック側板41の構成を示しているが、左側のラック側板41の構成も同一であるので、以下では右側のラック側板41について説明する。ラック側板41には、図6の(a)のB部を拡大して示す図6の(b)にも示すように、前方側棚部材11の前端部分に設けた係止部112,112に対応するL字状穴411と、前方側棚部材11の前端部分に設けた係合部113に対応する矩形孔412と、前方側棚部材11の後方寄り設けた係止片115に対応する段差付き穴413と、後方側棚部材12の前端に設けた中空状部122に対応する丸穴414と、商品搬出装置5を装着するためのピン部材P1,P2(図2参照)を架設するためのピン挿通穴415,416が設けられている。なお、段差付き穴413は、前方側棚部材11のフック状の係止片115が挿通可能な大きさに形成された広幅部413aとフック状の係止片115の幅よりも狭い狭幅部413bの穴が前後方向に連通する態様で形成されている。 As shown in FIG. 6A, the front side shelf member 11 and the rear side shelf member 12 are attached to a pair of left and right rack side plates 41, 41. The pair of left and right rack side plates 41, 41 for mounting the front side shelf member 11 and the rear side shelf member 12 are configured as follows. Although the configuration of the right rack side plate 41 is shown in FIG. 6, the configuration of the left rack side plate 41 is also the same, so the right rack side plate 41 will be described below. On the rack side plate 41, as shown in FIG. 6 (b), which is an enlarged view of the portion B of FIG. 6 (a), the locking portions 112 and 112 provided at the front end portion of the front side shelf member 11 The corresponding L-shaped hole 411, the rectangular hole 412 corresponding to the engaging portion 113 provided at the front end portion of the front shelf member 11, and the step corresponding to the locking piece 115 provided near the rear of the front shelf member 11. To install a hole 413, a round hole 414 corresponding to a hollow portion 122 provided at the front end of the rear shelf member 12, and pin members P1 and P2 (see FIG. 2) for mounting the product unloading device 5. Pin insertion holes 415 and 416 are provided. The stepped hole 413 is a narrow portion narrower than the width of the wide portion 413a formed so that the hook-shaped locking piece 115 of the front shelf member 11 can be inserted and the width of the hook-shaped locking piece 115. The holes of 413b are formed so as to communicate in the front-rear direction.

かかる左右一対のラック側板41,41に商品搬出装置5を装着するためのピン部材P1,P2を架設した状態で、ラック側板41における後方側棚部材12の前端に設けた中空状部122が挿通される丸穴414の近傍を外側に撓ませる態様で広げたうえで後方側棚部材12の前端に設けた中空状部122を前記丸穴414に挿通させ、後方側棚部材12の左右フランジ121,121に形成したピン挿通部121aおよびピン係合部121bを前記ピン部材P1,P2に係合させることにより後方側棚部材12が左右一対のラック側板41,41の間に配設される。そして、前方側棚部材11の後端を後方側棚部材12の前端の上面に載置させつつ、左右一対のラック側板41,41を外側に撓ませる態様で広げたうえで前方側棚部材11の後方寄りに設けたフック状の係止片115をラック側板41の段差付き穴413の広幅部413aに挿通させたうえで当該係止片115が段差付き穴413の狭幅部413bに移動させる態様で前方側棚部材11を前方に向けて移動させる。前記係止片115が段差付き穴413の狭幅部413bに移動すると前方側棚部材11の前端部分に設けた係止部112および係合部113がラック側板41のL字状穴411および矩形孔412に対峙するようになるので、前方側棚部材11の前端部分に設けた係止部112および係合部113をラック側板41のL字状穴411および矩形孔412に挿通させるこれにより前方側棚部材11が左右一対のラック側板41,41の間に配設される。これにより、前方側棚部材11と後方側棚部材12とが連続し商品収納棚10が左右一対のラック側板41,41に架設される。なお、商品収納棚10を左右一対のラック側板41,41に架設した際、前方側棚部材11の後端に形成したスリット状の逃げ溝119L1,119L2,119R1,119R2が後方側棚部材12に形成したスリット状の係合溝128L1,128L2,128R1,128R2の前方域と重なり合うものである。 With the pin members P1 and P2 for mounting the product unloading device 5 erected on the pair of left and right rack side plates 41 and 41, the hollow portion 122 provided at the front end of the rear side shelf member 12 in the rack side plate 41 is inserted. After widening the vicinity of the round hole 414 to be bent outward, a hollow portion 122 provided at the front end of the rear shelf member 12 is inserted through the round hole 414, and the left and right flanges 121 of the rear shelf member 12 are inserted. The rear side shelf member 12 is arranged between the pair of left and right rack side plates 41, 41 by engaging the pin insertion portion 121a and the pin engaging portion 121b formed in 121 with the pin members P1 and P2. Then, while placing the rear end of the front side shelf member 11 on the upper surface of the front end of the rear side shelf member 12, the pair of left and right rack side plates 41, 41 are spread outward in a manner of bending outward, and then the front side shelf member 11 The hook-shaped locking piece 115 provided near the rear of the rack side plate 41 is inserted into the wide portion 413a of the stepped hole 413 of the rack side plate 41, and then the locking piece 115 is moved to the narrow portion 413b of the stepped hole 413. The front side shelf member 11 is moved forward in the embodiment. When the locking piece 115 moves to the narrow portion 413b of the stepped hole 413, the locking portion 112 and the engaging portion 113 provided at the front end portion of the front side shelf member 11 become the L-shaped hole 411 and the rectangular shape of the rack side plate 41. Since it faces the hole 412, the locking portion 112 and the engaging portion 113 provided at the front end portion of the front side shelf member 11 are inserted into the L-shaped hole 411 and the rectangular hole 412 of the rack side plate 41. The side shelf member 11 is arranged between the pair of left and right rack side plates 41, 41. As a result, the front side shelf member 11 and the rear side shelf member 12 are continuous, and the product storage shelf 10 is erected on the pair of left and right rack side plates 41 and 41. When the product storage shelves 10 are erected on a pair of left and right rack side plates 41, 41, slit-shaped relief grooves 119L1,119L2, 119R1,119R2 formed at the rear end of the front side shelf member 11 are provided on the rear side shelf member 12. It overlaps with the front region of the formed slit-shaped engaging grooves 128L1, 128L2, 128R1, 128R2.

ここで、前方側棚部材11は、前述したラック側板41への取付け手順と逆の手順で取り外すことができ、商品収納通路43に商品詰り、特に商品搬出装置5が配設された商品収納通路43における商品搬出口45側で商品詰りが発生した場合には前方側棚部材11を取り外すことにより商品詰りを解消することができるものである。 Here, the front side shelf member 11 can be removed by reversing the procedure of attaching to the rack side plate 41 described above, and the product storage passage 43 is clogged with products, and in particular, the product storage passage in which the product unloading device 5 is arranged. When a product jam occurs on the product carry-out port 45 side in 43, the product jam can be cleared by removing the front side shelf member 11.

ここで、後方側棚部材12の後端には姿勢制御板47が装備され、この姿勢制御板47の後方側棚部材12への取付けについて図7により説明する。なお、図7では後方側棚部材12の後端に左右に分散して姿勢制御板47,47のうちの一つが後方側棚部材12に取付けられた状で他の一つを分解して示している。 Here, an attitude control plate 47 is provided at the rear end of the rear shelf member 12, and attachment of the attitude control plate 47 to the rear shelf member 12 will be described with reference to FIG. In FIG. 7, one of the attitude control plates 47, 47 is dispersed to the left and right at the rear end of the rear shelf member 12, and the other one is disassembled and shown in a state of being attached to the rear shelf member 12. ing.

図7に示すように、姿勢制御板47は、一枚の平板を加工してなり、当接部471、支持部472,473を有している。当接部471は、商品落下通路46を落下する商品Gと当接する部分であって、略矩形で湾曲した当接面を有し、当接面には複数の通気孔471aが穿設されている。支持部472,473は、当接部471から延在する部分であって、両側側部と中央部とを切り欠くことにより二股に分かれ、各支持部472,473の後縁を中空円筒形状(カール状)に丸めて第1軸部474と第2軸部475とが形成してある。第1軸部474の両端は、支持部472の両側の切り欠きにより左右に延在する軸474a,474bとして形成され、第2軸部475の両端も、支持部473の両側の切り欠きにより左右に延在する軸475a、475bとして形成されている。第1軸部474の軸474aの長さは、第1軸部474の軸474b、および第2軸部475の両端の軸475a,475bの長さよりも長くなるように形成されている。二股に分かれた支持部472,473の間にはコイルばね470が配設され、コイルばね470の両端に第1軸部474の軸474bと第2軸部475の軸475aとが挿通される。 As shown in FIG. 7, the attitude control plate 47 is formed by processing a single flat plate, and has a contact portion 471 and a support portion 472,473. The contact portion 471 is a portion that comes into contact with the product G that falls in the product drop passage 46, has a substantially rectangular and curved contact surface, and a plurality of ventilation holes 471a are formed in the contact surface. There is. The support portions 472 and 473 are portions extending from the contact portion 471, and are bifurcated by cutting out the side portions and the central portion on both sides, and the trailing edge of each support portion 472, 473 has a hollow cylindrical shape ( The first shaft portion 474 and the second shaft portion 475 are formed by rolling into a curl shape. Both ends of the first shaft portion 474 are formed as shafts 474a and 474b extending to the left and right by the notches on both sides of the support portion 472, and both ends of the second shaft portion 475 are also formed on the left and right by the notches on both sides of the support portion 473. It is formed as shafts 475a and 475b extending to. The length of the shaft 474a of the first shaft portion 474 is formed to be longer than the length of the shaft 474b of the first shaft portion 474 and the shafts 475a and 475b at both ends of the second shaft portion 475. A coil spring 470 is arranged between the bifurcated support portions 472 and 473, and the shaft 474b of the first shaft portion 474 and the shaft 475a of the second shaft portion 475 are inserted into both ends of the coil spring 470.

後方側棚部材12の後縁には、軸受部123a,123bが左右に分散してそれぞれ設けられている。各軸受部123a,123bは、後方側棚部材12の後縁フランジ123に設けられたものであって、その中央を切り欠くことにより左右に間隔をおいて中空円筒形状(カール状)に丸めて形成されている。各軸受部123a,123bの間の間隔(切欠き)は、姿勢制御板47の支持部472,473を受容可能であって、第1軸部474の軸474aの端部と第2軸部475の軸475bの端部との間隔よりも短い間隔に形成されるとともにその口径が姿勢制御板47の第1軸部474と第2軸部475より一回り大きい径となるように形成されている。また、後方側棚部材12の後縁フランジ123における軸受部123a寄りには切り起こしにより突起123cが設けられている。 Bearing portions 123a and 123b are provided on the trailing edge of the rear shelf member 12 so as to be dispersed to the left and right. The bearing portions 123a and 123b are provided on the trailing edge flange 123 of the rear shelf member 12, and are rolled into a hollow cylindrical shape (curl shape) at intervals on the left and right by cutting out the center thereof. It is formed. The distance (notch) between the bearing portions 123a and 123b can accept the support portions 472 and 473 of the attitude control plate 47, and the end of the shaft 474a of the first shaft portion 474 and the second shaft portion 475. The shaft is formed at a distance shorter than the distance from the end of the shaft 475b, and its diameter is formed to be one size larger than the first shaft portion 474 and the second shaft portion 475 of the attitude control plate 47. .. Further, a protrusion 123c is provided on the trailing edge flange 123 of the rear shelf member 12 near the bearing portion 123a by cutting and raising.

姿勢制御板47の後方側棚部材12への取付けは、姿勢制御板47にコイルばね470を装着したうえで後方側棚部材12に取付ける。すなわち、コイルばね470を圧縮させてその両端を姿勢制御板47の第1軸部474の軸474bと第2軸部475の軸475aとに対峙させた状態でコイルばね470の圧縮状態を解除することにより、コイルばね470の両端が第1軸部474の軸474bと第2軸部475の軸475aとに挿通される。ここで、コイルばね470は、付勢力を付与された状態で装着され、前述したように姿勢制御板47に装着した状態ではコイルばね470の両端が姿勢制御板47の当接部471を挟み付けている。このように、コイルばね470が装着された姿勢制御板47を後方側棚部材12の背面側後方から、その支持部472,473を後方側棚部材12の軸受部123a,123bの間に対峙させる態様で接近させつつ、コイルばね470の一端(姿勢制御板47の当接部471の表面側に位置する側の端部)を当接部471の表面側から引き外すように回動させて後方側棚部材12の背面に当接させたうえで姿勢制御板47の第1軸部474の軸474aを後方側棚部材12の軸受部123bに挿入する。 To attach the attitude control plate 47 to the rear shelf member 12, the coil spring 470 is attached to the attitude control plate 47 and then attached to the rear shelf member 12. That is, the compressed state of the coil spring 470 is released in a state where the coil spring 470 is compressed and both ends of the coil spring 470 are opposed to the shaft 474b of the first shaft portion 474 of the attitude control plate 47 and the shaft 475a of the second shaft portion 475. As a result, both ends of the coil spring 470 are inserted into the shaft 474b of the first shaft portion 474 and the shaft 475a of the second shaft portion 475. Here, the coil spring 470 is mounted in a state where an urging force is applied, and as described above, when the coil spring 470 is mounted on the attitude control plate 47, both ends of the coil spring 470 sandwich the contact portion 471 of the attitude control plate 47. ing. In this way, the posture control plate 47 on which the coil spring 470 is mounted is confronted between the bearing portions 123a and 123b of the rear side shelf member 12 from the back side rear of the rear side shelf member 12 and its support portions 472 and 473. While approaching in the manner, one end of the coil spring 470 (the end on the side of the attitude control plate 47 located on the surface side of the contact portion 471) is rotated so as to be pulled away from the surface side of the contact portion 471 to the rear. The shaft 474a of the first shaft portion 474 of the attitude control plate 47 is inserted into the bearing portion 123b of the rear side shelf member 12 after being brought into contact with the back surface of the side shelf member 12.

姿勢制御板47の第1軸部474の軸474aの先端を軸受部123bに挿入した時点では、第1軸部474の軸474bが後方側棚部材12の軸受部123aと干渉して第2軸部475の軸475bを後方側棚部材12の軸受部123aに差し込むことができないが、姿勢制御板47の軸474aを後方側棚部材12の軸受部123bに深く差し込むに連れて第2軸部475の軸475bが後方側棚部材12の軸受部123aとの干渉の程度が減少し、最終的に姿勢制御板47の支持部473の縁が軸受部123bに当接するまで差し込むと第2軸部475の軸475bが後方側棚部材12の軸受部123aとの干渉がなくなる。この状態で、第2軸部475の軸475bの先端を軸受部123aに差し込む。この場合、第1軸部474の軸474aの長さは、第2軸部475の軸475bの長さよりも長くなるように形成されているので、第2軸部475の軸475bを軸受部123aに目一杯差し込んでも第1軸部474の軸474aが軸受部123bから外れることはない。 When the tip of the shaft 474a of the first shaft portion 474 of the attitude control plate 47 is inserted into the bearing portion 123b, the shaft 474b of the first shaft portion 474 interferes with the bearing portion 123a of the rear side shelf member 12 and the second shaft. The shaft 475b of the portion 475 cannot be inserted into the bearing portion 123a of the rear shelf member 12, but the second shaft portion 475 as the shaft 474a of the attitude control plate 47 is deeply inserted into the bearing portion 123b of the rear shelf member 12. The degree of interference between the shaft 475b and the bearing portion 123a of the rear shelf member 12 is reduced, and when the shaft 475b is finally inserted until the edge of the support portion 473 of the attitude control plate 47 comes into contact with the bearing portion 123b, the second shaft portion 475 is inserted. Shaft 475b eliminates interference with the bearing portion 123a of the rear shelf member 12. In this state, the tip of the shaft 475b of the second shaft portion 475 is inserted into the bearing portion 123a. In this case, since the length of the shaft 474a of the first shaft portion 474 is formed to be longer than the length of the shaft 475b of the second shaft portion 475, the shaft 475b of the second shaft portion 475 is used as the bearing portion 123a. The shaft 474a of the first shaft portion 474 does not come off from the bearing portion 123b even if it is fully inserted into the shaft.

ここで、姿勢制御板47は、後方側棚部材12の背面側後方から取付けられ、後方側棚部材12に装着された状態で後方側棚部材12の後縁フランジ123に形成した突起123cが姿勢制御板47の支持部472の上方に位置している。従って、後方側棚部材12に装着されてコイルばね470により商品落下通路46から退避した退避位置から商品落下通路46に突出する突出位置に向かう方向の回動力を受けた姿勢制御板47は、支持部472が前記突起123cに当接することにより回動を停止して待機状態となる。つまり、前記突起123cは、姿勢制御板47を待機状態で商品落下通路46に突出した突出位置に停止させるストッパの機能を果たす。これにより、姿勢制御板47は、コイルばね470の付勢力により商品落下通路46を落下する商品Gにより押し開かれて商品落下通路46から退避した後、商品落下通路46に突出した突出位置に自動的に復帰する。 Here, the attitude control plate 47 is attached from the rear side of the rear side of the rear side shelf member 12, and the protrusion 123c formed on the rear edge flange 123 of the rear side shelf member 12 in a state of being attached to the rear side shelf member 12 is the attitude. It is located above the support portion 472 of the control plate 47. Therefore, the attitude control plate 47, which is mounted on the rear shelf member 12 and receives rotational power in the direction from the retracted position retracted from the product falling passage 46 by the coil spring 470 toward the protruding position protruding into the product falling passage 46, is supported. When the portion 472 comes into contact with the protrusion 123c, the rotation is stopped and the standby state is set. That is, the protrusion 123c functions as a stopper for stopping the attitude control plate 47 at a protruding position protruding from the product drop passage 46 in the standby state. As a result, the attitude control plate 47 is pushed open by the product G that drops the product drop passage 46 by the urging force of the coil spring 470, retracts from the product drop passage 46, and then automatically moves to a protruding position protruding into the product drop passage 46. Return to the target.

仕切部材42は、前後方向に延在する態様で商品収納棚10に装着されて商品収納通路43を画成するものであり、図2に示すようにこの実施の形態で3個の仕切部材42が用いられている。仕切部材42は、図8に示した仕切部材421(図2の左右の仕切部材42)と図9に示した仕切部材422(図2の中央の仕切部材42)との2種類からなる。 The partition member 42 is mounted on the product storage shelf 10 in a manner extending in the front-rear direction to define the product storage passage 43, and as shown in FIG. 2, three partition members 42 in this embodiment. Is used. The partition member 42 is composed of two types, the partition member 421 shown in FIG. 8 (the left and right partition members 42 in FIG. 2) and the partition member 422 shown in FIG. 9 (the central partition member 42 in FIG. 2).

図8は仕切部材421を示し、(a)は右斜め上方から見た斜視図、(b)は右斜め下方から見た斜視図である。この仕切部材421は、L字状に折り曲げた薄板鋼板になり、前方側棚部材11と後方側棚部材12からなる商品収納棚の板面(通路面)に平行な商品載置部4211と、前記通路面に鉛直な規制部4212からなる。前記商品載置部4211の前端には、前方側棚部材11の前端の垂下部112aを囲繞するL字状の嵌合部4213が形成されている。この嵌合部4213は前方側棚部材11の垂下部112aを包み込む態様で遊嵌されている。また、商品載置部4211の板面における前方寄りには背面側に向けて突出するフック片4211aが切り起こしにより形成されている。このフック片4211aは、前方側棚部材11の板面の前方寄りに左右方向に延在するスリットとして形成されたガイド溝116L(116R)に対応して形成され、ガイド溝116L(116R)のうちの後方側の縁部を上方から押圧することにより板面を下方に撓ませた状態でフック片4211aの先端を前方側棚部材11の板面の下方に潜り込ませることによりガイド溝116L(116R)に遊嵌する態様で嵌合されるものである。さらに、商品載置部4211のフック片4211aの後方には背面側に向けて突出する前後一対の係合爪4211b,4211bが切り起こしにより形成されている。この係合爪4211b,4211bは、側面から見た場合略逆台形状に形成されている。この前後一対の係合爪4211b,4211bは、前方側棚部材11および後方側棚部材12の板面に形成した設定溝117L(117R)および設定溝127L(127R)にそれぞれ係合・離脱可能である。 8A and 8B show a partition member 421, FIG. 8A is a perspective view seen from diagonally upper right, and FIG. 8B is a perspective view seen from diagonally lower right. The partition member 421 is a thin steel plate bent into an L shape, and has a product mounting portion 4211 parallel to the plate surface (passage surface) of the product storage shelf composed of the front side shelf member 11 and the rear side shelf member 12. It is composed of a regulation portion 4212 that is vertical to the passage surface. At the front end of the product mounting portion 4211, an L-shaped fitting portion 4213 is formed so as to surround the hanging portion 112a of the front end of the front side shelf member 11. The fitting portion 4213 is loosely fitted so as to wrap the hanging portion 112a of the front side shelf member 11. Further, a hook piece 4211a projecting toward the back surface side is formed by cutting up on the plate surface of the product mounting portion 4211 toward the front side. The hook piece 4211a is formed corresponding to a guide groove 116L (116R) formed as a slit extending in the left-right direction toward the front of the plate surface of the front side shelf member 11, and is out of the guide grooves 116L (116R). Guide groove 116L (116R) by inserting the tip of the hook piece 4211a below the plate surface of the front shelf member 11 in a state where the plate surface is bent downward by pressing the rear edge portion of the above. It is fitted in such a manner that it is loosely fitted to the. Further, a pair of front and rear engaging claws 4211b and 4211b protruding toward the back side are formed behind the hook piece 4211a of the product mounting portion 4211 by cutting and raising. The engaging claws 4211b and 4211b are formed in a substantially inverted trapezoidal shape when viewed from the side surface. The pair of front and rear engaging claws 4211b and 4211b can be engaged in and disengaged from the setting grooves 117L (117R) and the setting grooves 127L (127R) formed on the plate surfaces of the front side shelf member 11 and the rear side shelf member 12, respectively. is there.

次に、図9は仕切部材422を示し、(a)は左斜め上方から見た斜視図、(b)は左斜め下方から見た斜視図である。この仕切部材422も仕切部材421と同様に、L字状に折り曲げた薄板鋼板になり、商品載置部4221と、規制部4222からなり、前記商品載置部4221の前端にL字状の嵌合部4223が形成され、また、商品載置部4221の板面には背面側に向けて突出するフック片4221aおよび前後一対の係合爪4221b,4221bがそれぞれ切り起こしにより形成されている。この仕切部材422が仕切部材421と相違する点は、仕切部材421の商品載置部4211が規制部4212の右側に向けて形成されているのに対し、仕切部材422の商品載置部4221が規制部4222の左側に向けて形成されている点である。また、仕切部材422のフック片4221aは、前方側棚部材11の板面の前方寄りに左右方向に延在するスリットとして形成されたガイド溝116Mに遊嵌する態様で嵌合されるものである。さらに、仕切部材422の前後一対の係合爪4221b,4221bは、前方側棚部材11および後方側棚部材12の板面に形成した設定溝117Mおよび設定溝127Mにそれぞれ係合・離脱可能である。 Next, FIG. 9 shows a partition member 422, (a) is a perspective view seen from diagonally upper left, and FIG. 9 (b) is a perspective view seen from diagonally lower left. Like the partition member 421, this partition member 422 is also a thin steel plate bent into an L shape, and is composed of a product mounting portion 4221 and a regulating portion 4222, and is fitted into the front end of the product mounting portion 4221 in an L shape. A joint portion 4223 is formed, and a hook piece 4221a projecting toward the back surface side and a pair of front and rear engaging claws 4221b and 4221b are formed on the plate surface of the product mounting portion 4221 by cutting and raising, respectively. The difference between the partition member 422 and the partition member 421 is that the product mounting portion 4211 of the partition member 421 is formed toward the right side of the regulation portion 4212, whereas the product mounting portion 4221 of the partition member 422 is formed. It is a point formed toward the left side of the regulation unit 4222. Further, the hook piece 4221a of the partition member 422 is fitted in a manner of loosely fitting into the guide groove 116M formed as a slit extending in the left-right direction toward the front of the plate surface of the front side shelf member 11. .. Further, the pair of front and rear engaging claws 4221b and 4221b of the partition member 422 can be engaged with and disengaged from the setting groove 117M and the setting groove 127M formed on the plate surfaces of the front side shelf member 11 and the rear side shelf member 12, respectively. ..

前記仕切部材421は、次のように商品収納棚10に組付けることにより、図10に示すように、商品収納棚10に装着される。すなわち、商品収納棚10(前方側棚部材11と後方側棚部材12)の上方位置であって、仕切部材421の商品載置部4211に形成したフック片4211aを前方側棚部材11の板面に形成したガイド溝116L(116R)の前方側に位置させた状態で、ガイド溝116L(116R)のうちの後方側の縁部を上方から押圧してその板面を下方に撓ませたうえでフック片4211aの先端を前方側棚部材11の板面の下方に潜り込ませる。この状態ではフック片4211aの基端部(鉛直部)がガイド溝116L(116R)の前方に位置して仕切部材421の商品載置部4211が商品収納棚10の板面から離隔しているので、フック片4211aの基端部(鉛直部)がガイド溝116L(116R)の位置に移動するように仕切部材421を後方に向けて移動させる。フック片4211aの基端部(鉛直部)がガイド溝116L(116R)の位置に移動すると、当該フック片4211aの基端部(鉛直部)がガイド溝116L(116R)に嵌まり込むので、フック片4211aとともに仕切部材421が下方に向けて移動し、商品載置部4211が商品収納棚10の板面に接近する。この場合、仕切部材421のL字状の嵌合部4213の先端(L字の短い方向の脚片)が、前方側棚部材11の前端と干渉するので、嵌合部4213を前方に撓ませつつ仕切部材421を移動させ、嵌合部4213の先端が前方側棚部材11の垂下部112aの下方に位置させる。この状態で嵌合部4213に加えた外力を解除すると嵌合部4213が復元して前方側棚部材11の垂下部112aを前方側から包み込むようになる。 The partition member 421 is attached to the product storage shelf 10 as shown in FIG. 10 by assembling to the product storage shelf 10 as follows. That is, the hook piece 4211a formed on the product mounting portion 4211 of the partition member 421 at the upper position of the product storage shelf 10 (front side shelf member 11 and rear side shelf member 12) is placed on the plate surface of the front side shelf member 11. In the state of being positioned on the front side of the guide groove 116L (116R) formed in, the rear edge of the guide groove 116L (116R) is pressed from above to bend the plate surface downward. The tip of the hook piece 4211a is made to slip below the plate surface of the front shelf member 11. In this state, the base end portion (vertical portion) of the hook piece 4211a is located in front of the guide groove 116L (116R), and the product mounting portion 4211 of the partition member 421 is separated from the plate surface of the product storage shelf 10. The partition member 421 is moved rearward so that the base end portion (vertical portion) of the hook piece 4211a moves to the position of the guide groove 116L (116R). When the base end portion (vertical portion) of the hook piece 4211a moves to the position of the guide groove 116L (116R), the base end portion (vertical portion) of the hook piece 4211a fits into the guide groove 116L (116R). The partition member 421 moves downward together with the piece 4211a, and the product placing portion 4211 approaches the plate surface of the product storage shelf 10. In this case, the tip of the L-shaped fitting portion 4213 of the partition member 421 (the leg piece in the short L-shape direction) interferes with the front end of the front side shelf member 11, so that the fitting portion 4213 is bent forward. While moving the partition member 421, the tip of the fitting portion 4213 is positioned below the hanging portion 112a of the front shelf member 11. When the external force applied to the fitting portion 4213 is released in this state, the fitting portion 4213 is restored and the hanging portion 112a of the front side shelf member 11 is wrapped from the front side.

仕切部材421の商品載置部4211が商品収納棚10の板面に接近した際、商品載置部4211の前後一対の係合爪4211b,4211bが前方側棚部材11および後方側棚部材12の板面に形成した設定溝117L(117R)および設定溝127L(127R)に対峙していない場合(前後一対の係合爪4211b,4211bが、前方側棚部材11および後方側棚部材12の板面に当接している場合)には、仕切部材421を左右方向にスライドさせて前後一対の係合爪4211b,4211bを設定溝117L(117R)および設定溝127L(127R)に嵌合させると、仕切部材421の商品載置部4211が商品収納棚10(前方側棚部材11および後方側棚部材12)の板面に密着した状態で装着される。 When the product mounting portion 4211 of the partition member 421 approaches the plate surface of the product storage shelf 10, a pair of front and rear engaging claws 4211b and 4211b of the product mounting portion 4211 are attached to the front side shelf member 11 and the rear side shelf member 12. When the setting grooves 117L (117R) and the setting grooves 127L (127R) formed on the plate surface are not confronted (a pair of front and rear engaging claws 4211b and 4211b are the plate surfaces of the front side shelf member 11 and the rear side shelf member 12. When the partition member 421 is slid in the left-right direction to fit the pair of front and rear engaging claws 4211b and 4211b into the setting groove 117L (117R) and the setting groove 127L (127R), the partition is formed. The product mounting portion 4211 of the member 421 is mounted in close contact with the plate surface of the product storage shelf 10 (front side shelf member 11 and rear side shelf member 12).

前記仕切部材422も、仕切部材421と同様の手順で商品収納棚10に組付けることにより、図10に示すように、商品収納棚10に装着される。 The partition member 422 is also attached to the product storage shelf 10 as shown in FIG. 10 by assembling the partition member 422 to the product storage shelf 10 in the same procedure as the partition member 421.

仕切部材42は、前後方向に延在する態様で商品収納棚10に装着されて商品収納通路43を画成し、商品収納棚10へのセット位置を変更することにより商品収納通路43の通路幅を変更可能なものであり、図10を用いて設定位置を変更する手順を説明する。図10は、2個の仕切部材421,421のうちの一方を商品収納棚10の左端側にセットする一方、他方を商品収納棚10の中央部にセットし、仕切部材422を商品収納棚10の中央部にセットすることにより商品収納棚10に左右2列のロングサイズの商品に対応する商品収納通路43,43を画成した例を示している。この状態から、商品収納棚10の左端側にセットされた仕切部材421の設定位置を変更する場合には、仕切部材421の商品載置部4221の前端に指(例えば、人差し指若しくは中指)を添えた状態で、残りの指(例えば、親指)を押し当てて押し上げる。そうすると、前方側棚部材11の垂下部112aを包み込むように配された仕切部材421のL字状の嵌合部4213の角(L字の角)が前記垂下部112aの下端に当接し、当該当接点を支点として仕切部材421が回動し、商品載置部4211が商品収納棚10(前方側棚部材11および後方側棚部材12)の板面から離隔して上昇する。仕切部材421の回動は、フック片4211aの先端(水平部分の先端)が前方側棚部材11の背面に当接することにより制限される。このように回動が制限された状態で、商品載置部4211に設けた前後一対の係合爪4211b,4211bが前方側棚部材11および後方側棚部材12の板面に形成した設定溝117Lおよび設定溝127Lから離脱している。仕切部材421を回動させた状態を維持しつつ所定の設定位置(例えば、設定溝117Lおよび設定溝127Lのうちの左から2番目)まで右側方向にスライドさせる。仕切部材421を所定の設置位置に移動させたうえで仕切部材421に加えた外力を解除すると仕切部材421は下方に回動し、商品載置部4211に設けた前後一対の係合爪4211b,4211bが所定の設定溝117Lおよび設定溝127Lに係合する。これにより、仕切部材421は、仕切部材421の商品載置部4211が商品収納棚10の板面に密着し、仕切部材421の規制部4212と仕切部材422の規制部4222との間の寸法が商品サイズに応じた幅に設定された状態でセットされる。 The partition member 42 is attached to the product storage shelf 10 in a manner extending in the front-rear direction to define the product storage passage 43, and the passage width of the product storage passage 43 is changed by changing the setting position on the product storage shelf 10. Is changeable, and the procedure for changing the set position will be described with reference to FIG. In FIG. 10, one of the two partition members 421 and 421 is set on the left end side of the product storage shelf 10, while the other is set in the central portion of the product storage shelf 10 and the partition member 422 is set on the product storage shelf 10. An example is shown in which product storage passages 43 and 43 corresponding to two rows of long-sized products on the left and right are defined on the product storage shelf 10 by setting the product in the central portion of the above. From this state, when changing the setting position of the partition member 421 set on the left end side of the product storage shelf 10, a finger (for example, the index finger or the middle finger) is attached to the front end of the product mounting portion 4221 of the partition member 421. With the rest of your finger (for example, your thumb) pressed against it, push it up. Then, the corners (L-shaped corners) of the L-shaped fitting portion 4213 of the partition member 421 arranged so as to wrap around the hanging portion 112a of the front side shelf member 11 come into contact with the lower end of the hanging portion 112a. The partition member 421 rotates around this contact point, and the product placing portion 4211 rises apart from the plate surface of the product storage shelf 10 (front side shelf member 11 and rear side shelf member 12). The rotation of the partition member 421 is restricted by the tip of the hook piece 4211a (the tip of the horizontal portion) coming into contact with the back surface of the front shelf member 11. With the rotation restricted in this way, the pair of front and rear engaging claws 4211b and 4211b provided on the product mounting portion 4211 are formed on the plate surfaces of the front side shelf member 11 and the rear side shelf member 12 by setting grooves 117L. And it is separated from the setting groove 127L. While maintaining the rotated state of the partition member 421, the partition member 421 is slid to a predetermined set position (for example, the second from the left of the set groove 117L and the setting groove 127L) in the right direction. When the external force applied to the partition member 421 is released after moving the partition member 421 to a predetermined installation position, the partition member 421 rotates downward, and a pair of front and rear engaging claws 4211b provided on the product mounting portion 4211, 4211b engages the predetermined set groove 117L and set groove 127L. As a result, in the partition member 421, the product mounting portion 4211 of the partition member 421 is in close contact with the plate surface of the product storage shelf 10, and the dimension between the regulation portion 4212 of the partition member 421 and the regulation portion 4222 of the partition member 422 is reduced. It is set in a state where the width is set according to the product size.

図10に示した商品収納棚10の中央部にセットした仕切部材421および仕切部材422も同様の手順で設定位置を変更することができるものである。 The setting positions of the partition member 421 and the partition member 422 set in the central portion of the product storage shelf 10 shown in FIG. 10 can be changed by the same procedure.

アタッチメント20は、商品搬出装置5と商品収納通路43の通路面との間の間隔を調整する態様で商品収納棚10に敷設されたものである。このアタッチメント20を図11乃至図13を用いて説明する。なお、図10にもアッタチメント20を敷設した状態を示し、この図10も適宜参照しつつ説明する。 The attachment 20 is laid on the product storage shelf 10 in a manner of adjusting the distance between the product unloading device 5 and the passage surface of the product storage passage 43. The attachment 20 will be described with reference to FIGS. 11 to 13. Note that FIG. 10 also shows a state in which the attachment 20 is laid, and FIG. 10 will be described with reference to the appropriate reference.

アタッチメント20は、図11に示すように、前後方向に2分された第1アタッチメント21と第2アタッチメント22とからなり、それぞれ薄板鋼板製になる。第1アタッチメント21は商品投入口44から商品搬出装置5の近傍に至る長さを有する一方、第2アタッチメント22は商品搬出装置5から商品搬出口45に至る長さを有し、第1アタッチメント21と第2アタッチメント22の幅は同一に形成されている。 As shown in FIG. 11, the attachment 20 includes a first attachment 21 and a second attachment 22 which are divided into two in the front-rear direction, and each is made of a thin steel plate. The first attachment 21 has a length extending from the product input port 44 to the vicinity of the product unloading device 5, while the second attachment 22 has a length extending from the product unloading device 5 to the product unloading outlet 45, and the first attachment 21 And the width of the second attachment 22 are formed to be the same.

第1アタッチメント21は、図12に示すように、平板状の通路面形成部210を備え、通路面形成部210には前後方向に沿って延在する複数のビードが施されている。通路面形成部210から下方に向けて切り起こしにより形成された4つの調整片211,212,213,214を有している。調整片211,212は第1アタッチメント21を前後方向に3等分する線のうちの前方側の線上に位置し、調整片213,214は第1アタッチメント21を前後方向に3等分する線のうちの後方側の線上に位置している。調整片211,212,213,214は、通路面形成部210から下方に折り曲げた基端部とこの基端部の先端から後方を向く態様で形成されたフック部とを有し、フック部の上辺と下辺とが平行をなす態様で形成されている。また、調整片211,212,213,214におけるフック部の上辺と第1アタッチメント21と背面との間の間隔は、商品収納棚10(前方側棚部材11および後方側棚部材12)の板厚よりも僅かに大きい寸法となるように定められている。調整片211,212には前述した構成に加えて、フック部の下辺よりも下方に延在するとともに外方に折り曲げて形成された係止爪211a,212aがそれぞれ形成されている。それぞれの係止爪211a,212aと調整片211,212におけるフック部の下辺との間の間隔は、商品収納棚10(前方側棚部材11および後方側棚部材12)の板厚よりも十分に大きい寸法となるように定められている。なお、前記調整片211と調整片212とは、商品収納棚10を構成する前方側棚部材11に設けた開口部118L1の右縁と開口部118L2の左縁(開口部118R1の右縁と開口部118R2の左縁)に臨み、かつ、開口部118L1,開口部118L2(開口部118R1,118R2)を貫通可能な大きさに形成されている。また、前記調整片213と調整片214とは、商品収納棚10を構成する後方側棚部材12に設けたスリット状の係合溝128L1,128L2(128R1,128R2)を貫通可能な大きさに形成されている。 As shown in FIG. 12, the first attachment 21 includes a flat plate-shaped passage surface forming portion 210, and the passage surface forming portion 210 is provided with a plurality of beads extending in the front-rear direction. It has four adjusting pieces 211,212,213,214 formed by cutting and raising downward from the passage surface forming portion 210. The adjustment pieces 211 and 212 are located on the front side of the line that divides the first attachment 21 into three equal parts in the front-rear direction, and the adjustment pieces 213 and 214 are the lines that divide the first attachment 21 into three equal parts in the front-rear direction. It is located on the line behind us. The adjusting pieces 211,212,213,214 have a base end portion bent downward from the passage surface forming portion 210 and a hook portion formed so as to face rearward from the tip end portion of the base end portion, and the adjusting pieces are formed of the hook portion. It is formed so that the upper side and the lower side are parallel to each other. Further, the distance between the upper side of the hook portion and the first attachment 21 and the back surface of the adjusting pieces 211,212,213,214 is the plate thickness of the product storage shelf 10 (front side shelf member 11 and rear side shelf member 12). The dimensions are set to be slightly larger than. In addition to the above-described configuration, the adjusting pieces 211 and 212 are formed with locking claws 211a and 212a, which extend downward from the lower side of the hook portion and are formed by bending outward, respectively. The distance between the locking claws 211a and 212a and the lower side of the hook portion of the adjusting pieces 211 and 212 is sufficiently larger than the plate thickness of the product storage shelf 10 (front side shelf member 11 and rear side shelf member 12). It is set to have a large size. The adjusting piece 211 and the adjusting piece 212 are the right edge of the opening 118L1 and the left edge of the opening 118L2 (the right edge and the opening of the opening 118R1) provided in the front side shelf member 11 constituting the product storage shelf 10. It faces the left edge of the portion 118R2) and is formed to have a size capable of penetrating the opening 118L1 and the opening 118L2 (opening 118R1, 118R2). Further, the adjusting piece 213 and the adjusting piece 214 are formed in a size capable of penetrating the slit-shaped engaging grooves 128L1, 128L2 (128R1, 128R2) provided in the rear side shelf member 12 constituting the product storage shelf 10. Has been done.

第1アタッチメント21における通路面形成部210の後端には左右2個の係合片215,215が後方斜め下方に向けて突出して形成され、2個の係合片215,215は、通路面形成部210の後縁から下方に折り曲げられた鉛直部およびこの鉛直部の端部から後方に延在する水平部からなり、通路面形成部210の板面よりも一段下がった段差を有する態様で形成されている。この段差は、第1アタッチメント22の板厚よりも大きく定められている。また、通路面形成部210の前端には指を引っ掛ける操作用穴216が形成されている。さらに、通路面形成部210の左端側前方には、前記仕切部材421のフック片4211aの基端部(鉛直部)を受け入れる逃げ穴217が設けられ、この逃げ穴217の後方側に、前記仕切部材421の商品載置部4211に形成した前後一対の係合爪4211b,4211bを受容するスリット218,219がそれぞれ設けられている。なお、通路面形成部210の後端に形成した左右2個の係合片215,215は、商品収納棚10を構成する後方側棚部材12に設けた開口部128L1,128L2(128R1,128R2)に遊嵌する態様で形成されている。 At the rear end of the passage surface forming portion 210 in the first attachment 21, two left and right engaging pieces 215 and 215 are formed so as to project diagonally backward and downward, and the two engaging pieces 215 and 215 are formed on the passage surface. It consists of a vertical portion that is bent downward from the trailing edge of the forming portion 210 and a horizontal portion that extends rearward from the end of the vertical portion, and has a step that is one step lower than the plate surface of the passage surface forming portion 210. It is formed. This step is set to be larger than the plate thickness of the first attachment 22. Further, an operation hole 216 for hooking a finger is formed at the front end of the passage surface forming portion 210. Further, a relief hole 217 for receiving the base end portion (vertical portion) of the hook piece 4211a of the partition member 421 is provided in front of the left end side of the passage surface forming portion 210, and the partition is provided on the rear side of the relief hole 217. Slits 218 and 219 for receiving a pair of front and rear engaging claws 4211b and 4211b formed in the product mounting portion 4211 of the member 421 are provided, respectively. The two left and right engaging pieces 215 and 215 formed at the rear end of the passage surface forming portion 210 are openings 128L1, 128L2 (128R1, 128R2) provided in the rear side shelf member 12 constituting the product storage shelf 10. It is formed in a manner of loosely fitting into.

第2アタッチメント22は、図13に示すように、平板状の通路面形成部220を備え、通路面形成部220には前後方向に沿って延在する複数のビードが施されている。通路面形成部220の前方寄りに左右2個の開口部221,221が設けられている。この開口部221,221は、第1アタッチメント21(通路面形成部210)の後端に設けた2個の係合片215,215に対応して形成され、前記係合片215を差し込むことができるように係合片215よりも一回り大きく形成されている。 As shown in FIG. 13, the second attachment 22 includes a flat plate-shaped passage surface forming portion 220, and the passage surface forming portion 220 is provided with a plurality of beads extending in the front-rear direction. Two left and right openings 221,221 are provided near the front of the passage surface forming portion 220. The openings 221,221 are formed corresponding to the two engaging pieces 215 and 215 provided at the rear ends of the first attachment 21 (passage surface forming portion 210), and the engaging pieces 215 can be inserted. It is formed to be one size larger than the engaging piece 215 so that it can be formed.

第1アタッチメント21と第2アタッチメント22とは、第1アタッチメント21(通路面形成部210)の後端に設けた2個の係合片215,215を第2アタッチメント22(通路面形成部220)の前方寄りに設けた左右2個の開口部221,221に差し込むことによりアタッチメント20として一体化される。すなわち、水平な第2アタッチメント22に対して第1アタッチメント21を垂直となる態様で配置した状態で、第1アタッチメント21の2個の係合片215,215における水平部の先端を第2アタッチメント22の2個の開口部221,221に差し込んで貫通させたうえで、2個の係合片215,215の段差部(水平部と鉛直部との接続点)が2個の開口部221,221に到達した時点で第1アタッチメント21を徐々に傾倒させつつ2個の係合片215,215の鉛直部を2個の開口部221,221に挿通して貫通させる。2個の係合片215,215の鉛直部が2個の開口部221,221を貫通させたうえで第1アタッチメント21を水平となるように横倒しにすると両者が連結される。この場合、第2アタッチメント22の背面側に位置する2個の係合片215,215の水平部が第2アタッチメント22を背面側から支えるとともに第2アタッチメント22の前端が第1アタッチメント21の後端に潜り込むので両者が上下方向に離脱することがなく、また、2個の係合片215,215の鉛直部が第2アタッチメント22の2個の開口部221,221の前後の縁部に対峙するので両者が前後方向に離脱することがない。 The first attachment 21 and the second attachment 22 have two engaging pieces 215 and 215 provided at the rear end of the first attachment 21 (passage surface forming portion 210) as the second attachment 22 (passage surface forming portion 220). It is integrated as an attachment 20 by inserting it into the two left and right openings 221,221 provided near the front of the. That is, with the first attachment 21 arranged perpendicular to the horizontal second attachment 22, the tip of the horizontal portion of the two engaging pieces 215 and 215 of the first attachment 21 is the second attachment 22. After inserting it into the two openings 221 and 221 of the above, the stepped portion (the connection point between the horizontal part and the vertical part) of the two engaging pieces 215 and 215 has two openings 221 and 221. When the first attachment 21 is gradually tilted, the vertical portions of the two engaging pieces 215 and 215 are inserted through the two openings 221,221 and penetrated. When the vertical portions of the two engaging pieces 215 and 215 penetrate the two openings 221,221 and then the first attachment 21 is laid down so as to be horizontal, the two are connected. In this case, the horizontal portions of the two engaging pieces 215 and 215 located on the back side of the second attachment 22 support the second attachment 22 from the back side, and the front end of the second attachment 22 is the rear end of the first attachment 21. The two engaging pieces 215 and 215 face the front and rear edges of the two openings 221,221 of the second attachment 22 so that they do not separate from each other in the vertical direction. Therefore, both do not separate in the front-back direction.

前記アタッチメント20は、次のように商品収納棚10に組付けることにより、図10に示すように、商品収納棚10に敷設される。すなわち、商品収納棚10(前方側棚部材11と後方側棚部材12)の上方にアタッチメント20を位置させた状態で、第1アタッチメント21の調整片211,212を、商品収納棚10を構成する前方側棚部材11に設けた開口部118L1,開口部118L2(開口部118R1,118R2)に対峙させ、第1アタッチメント21の調整片213,214を、前方側棚部材11の後端に設けたスリット状の逃げ溝119L1,119L2(119R1,119R2)と上下方向に重なり合うところの、後方側棚部材12に設けたスリット状の係合溝128L1,128L2(128R1,128R2)に対峙させたうえで、調整片211,212を開口部118L1,開口部118L2(開口部118R1,118R2)に差し込み、調整片213,214を、後方側棚部材12に設けたスリット状の係合溝128L1,128L2(128R1,128R2)に差し込む。 By assembling the attachment 20 to the product storage shelf 10 as follows, the attachment 20 is laid on the product storage shelf 10 as shown in FIG. That is, with the attachment 20 positioned above the product storage shelf 10 (front side shelf member 11 and rear side shelf member 12), the adjustment pieces 211 and 212 of the first attachment 21 constitute the product storage shelf 10. A slit provided at the rear end of the front side shelf member 11 for adjusting pieces 213, 214 of the first attachment 21 so as to face the openings 118L1 and the openings 118L2 (openings 118R1, 118R2) provided in the front side shelf member 11. Adjusted after facing the slit-shaped engaging grooves 128L1, 128L2 (128R1, 128R2) provided on the rear shelf member 12 where the shape-shaped relief grooves 119L1,119L2 (119R1,119R2) overlap in the vertical direction. The pieces 211 and 212 are inserted into the openings 118L1 and 118L2 (openings 118R1, 118R2), and the adjusting pieces 213 and 214 are inserted into the slit-shaped engaging grooves 128L1, 128L2 (128R1, 128R2) provided in the rear shelf member 12. ).

この場合、第1アタッチメント21の調整片211,212にはそれぞれ外方に折り曲げて形成された係止爪211a,212aが形成され、調整片211,212が開口部118L1の右縁と開口部118L2の左縁(開口部118R1の右縁と開口部118R2の左縁)に臨む態様で形成されていることから、調整片211,212を開口部118L1,開口部118L2(開口部118R1,118R2)に差し込む際にその調整片211,212に形成された係止爪211a,212aが邪魔となる。そこで、調整片211,212を互いに接近する方向に撓ませつつ係止爪211a,212aを開口部118L1,開口部118L2(開口部118R1,118R2)を通過させたうえで調整片211,212に加えた外力を解除すると調整片211,212は元の状態に復元する。このようにして調整片211,212を開口部118L1,開口部118L2(開口部118R1,118R2)に差し込むことができ、調整片211,212が開口部118L1の右縁と開口部118L2の左縁(開口部118R1の右縁と開口部118R2の左縁)に臨む態様で配される。 In this case, the adjusting pieces 211 and 212 of the first attachment 21 are formed with locking claws 211a and 212a formed by bending outward, respectively, and the adjusting pieces 211 and 212 are the right edge of the opening 118L1 and the opening 118L2. Since it is formed so as to face the left edge of the opening 118R1 (the right edge of the opening 118R1 and the left edge of the opening 118R2), the adjusting pieces 211 and 212 are attached to the opening 118L1 and the opening 118L2 (opening 118R1, 118R2). When inserting, the locking claws 211a and 212a formed on the adjusting pieces 211 and 212 interfere with the insertion. Therefore, while bending the adjusting pieces 211 and 212 in the direction of approaching each other, the locking claws 211a and 212a are passed through the openings 118L1 and 118L2 (openings 118R1 and 118R2) and then added to the adjusting pieces 211 and 212. When the external force is released, the adjustment pieces 211 and 212 are restored to their original state. In this way, the adjusting pieces 211 and 212 can be inserted into the openings 118L1 and 118L2 (openings 118R1 and 118R2), and the adjusting pieces 211 and 212 can be inserted into the right edge of the opening 118L1 and the left edge of the opening 118L2. It is arranged so as to face the right edge of the opening 118R1 and the left edge of the opening 118R2).

第1アタッチメント21の調整片211,212を前方側棚部材11の開口部118L1,開口部118L2(開口部118R1,118R2)に差し込み、第1アタッチメント21の調整片213,214を後方側棚部材12のスリット状の係合溝128L1,128L2(128R1,128R2)に差し込んだ状態では、第1アタッチメント21の後端に設けた2個の係合片215,215が後方側棚部材12の開口部128L1,128L2(開口部128R1,128R2)の手前に位置して後方側棚部材12の板面に乗っており、段差を有する係合片215,215によって第1アタッチメント21と第2アタッチメント22の連結点が商品収納棚10の板面(通路面)から離隔して浮き上がっている。この状態で第1アタッチメント21を後方に向けてスライドさせると、調整片211,212のフック部が前方側棚部材11の背面に潜り込む一方、調整片213,214のフック部が後方側棚部材12の背面に潜り込む。第1アタッチメント21の調整片211,212の基端部が前方側棚部材11の開口部118L1,開口部118L2(開口部118R1,118R2)の後縁に当接するまで第1アタッチメント21を後方に向けてスライドさせると、第1アタッチメント21の後端に設けた2個の係合片215,215が後方側棚部材12の開口部128L11,128L21(開口部128R11,128R21)に落ち込んで第1アタッチメント21と第2アタッチメント22とが商品収納棚10の板面(通路面)に密着する。この状態は、前方側棚部材11を掴む態様で前方側棚部材11の背面に潜り込んだ調整片211,212のフック部、および後方側棚部材12を掴む態様で後方側棚部材12の背面に潜り込んだ調整片213,214のフック部により維持される。このようにして、アタッチメント20が商品収納棚10に敷設される。図10における右側のアッタチメント20が、第1アタッチメント21と第2アタッチメント22とが商品収納棚10の板面(通路面)に密着して敷設されたものに相当する。なお、前方側棚部材11には、前方側棚部材11の背面に潜り込んだ調整片211,212を前方から目隠しする保護片110(図10参照)が開口部118L1,118L2,118R1,118R2の前縁から切り起こしにより形成されている。この保護片110は、調整片211,212に商品が衝突するのを防止している。 The adjusting pieces 211 and 212 of the first attachment 21 are inserted into the openings 118L1 and 118L2 (openings 118R1, 118R2) of the front side shelf member 11, and the adjusting pieces 213 and 214 of the first attachment 21 are inserted into the rear side shelf member 12 In the state of being inserted into the slit-shaped engaging grooves 128L1, 128L2 (128R1, 128R2), the two engaging pieces 215 and 215 provided at the rear end of the first attachment 21 are the openings 128L1 of the rear shelf member 12. , 128L2 (openings 128R1, 128R2), which are located on the plate surface of the rear shelf member 12, and are connected to the first attachment 21 and the second attachment 22 by the engaging pieces 215 and 215 having a step. Is raised apart from the plate surface (passage surface) of the product storage shelf 10. When the first attachment 21 is slid rearward in this state, the hook portion of the adjustment pieces 211 and 212 slips into the back surface of the front side shelf member 11, while the hook portion of the adjustment piece 213 and 214 slides toward the rear side shelf member 12. Sneak into the back of the. The first attachment 21 is directed rearward until the base ends of the adjusting pieces 211 and 212 of the first attachment 21 abut on the trailing edges of the openings 118L1 and 118L2 (openings 118R1, 118R2) of the front shelf member 11. When the first attachment 21 is slid, the two engaging pieces 215 and 215 provided at the rear end of the first attachment 21 fall into the openings 128L11, 128L21 (openings 128R11, 128R21) of the rear shelf member 12, and the first attachment 21 And the second attachment 22 are in close contact with the plate surface (passage surface) of the product storage shelf 10. In this state, the hook portions of the adjustment pieces 211 and 212 that sneak into the back surface of the front side shelf member 11 in the mode of gripping the front side shelf member 11 and the back surface of the rear side shelf member 12 in the mode of gripping the rear side shelf member 12. It is maintained by the hooks of the adjustment pieces 213 and 214 that have sunk. In this way, the attachment 20 is laid on the product storage shelf 10. The attachment 20 on the right side in FIG. 10 corresponds to the one in which the first attachment 21 and the second attachment 22 are laid in close contact with the plate surface (passage surface) of the product storage shelf 10. In addition, in the front side shelf member 11, a protective piece 110 (see FIG. 10) that blindfolds the adjustment pieces 211 and 212 that have sunk into the back surface of the front side shelf member 11 from the front is in front of the openings 118L1, 118L2, 118R1, 118R2. It is formed by cutting up from the edge. The protective piece 110 prevents the product from colliding with the adjusting pieces 211 and 212.

なお、第1アタッチメント21と第2アタッチメント22とが商品収納棚10の板面(通路面)に密着して敷設された状態では、第1アタッチメント21における通路面形成部210の左端側前方に設けた逃げ穴217は、前方側棚部材11の前方寄りに設けたガイド溝116L,116Rの右端側と上下方向に重なり合い、仕切部材421の商品載置部4211に設けたフック片4211aの基端部(鉛直部)を受容(つまり、仕切部材421の設定を許容)するものである。 In a state where the first attachment 21 and the second attachment 22 are laid in close contact with the plate surface (passage surface) of the product storage shelf 10, the first attachment 21 and the second attachment 22 are provided in front of the left end side of the passage surface forming portion 210 in the first attachment 21. The escape hole 217 overlaps the right end side of the guide grooves 116L and 116R provided on the front side of the front shelf member 11 in the vertical direction, and is the base end portion of the hook piece 4211a provided on the product mounting portion 4211 of the partition member 421. It accepts (vertical portion) (that is, allows the setting of the partition member 421).

前述したように、商品収納棚10の板面(通路面)に密着して敷設されたアタッチメント20を操作して商品搬出装置5との間の間隔を調整する場合、第1アタッチメント21の前端側に設けた操作用穴216に指を引っ掛けて前方にスライド移動させる。第1アタッチメント21の前方へのスライド移動により第1アタッチメント21の調整片211,212の基端部が前方側棚部材11の開口部118L1,開口部118L2(開口部118R1,118R2)の前縁に当接すると、前方側棚部材11を掴む態様で前方側棚部材11の背面に潜り込んだ調整片211,212のフック部および後方側棚部材12を掴む態様で後方側棚部材12の背面に潜り込んだ調整片213,214のフック部とが前方側棚部材11および後方側棚部材12から外れる。この状態で第1アタッチメント21を上方に持ち上げると調整片211,212および調整片213,214が前方側棚部材11の開口部118L1,開口部118L2および後方側棚部材12の係合溝128L1,128L2からの抜け出しを開始する。引き続いて、調整片211,212に設けた係止爪211a,212aが前方側棚部材11に設けた開口部118L1,開口部118L2の背面に当接するまで第1アタッチメント21を上方に持ち上げると調整片211,212のフック部および調整片213,214のフック部が前方側棚部材11の開口部118L1,開口部118L2および後方側棚部材12の係合溝128L1,128L2から完全に抜け出す。 As described above, when the attachment 20 laid in close contact with the plate surface (passage surface) of the product storage shelf 10 is operated to adjust the distance from the product unloading device 5, the front end side of the first attachment 21 is adjusted. Hook your finger on the operation hole 216 provided in the above and slide it forward. By sliding the first attachment 21 forward, the base ends of the adjusting pieces 211 and 212 of the first attachment 21 are brought to the front edges of the openings 118L1 and 118L2 (openings 118R1, 118R2) of the front shelf member 11. When they come into contact with each other, they slip into the back of the rear shelf member 12 in the manner of grasping the hook portion of the adjustment pieces 211 and 212 and the rear shelf member 12 which have slipped into the back of the front shelf member 11 in the manner of grasping the front shelf member 11. However, the hook portions of the adjusting pieces 213 and 214 are separated from the front side shelf member 11 and the rear side shelf member 12. When the first attachment 21 is lifted upward in this state, the adjusting pieces 211 and 212 and the adjusting pieces 213 and 214 have the opening 118L1 and the opening 118L2 of the front side shelf member 11 and the engaging grooves 128L1, 128L2 of the rear side shelf member 12. Start getting out of. Subsequently, when the first attachment 21 is lifted upward until the locking claws 211a and 212a provided on the adjusting pieces 211 and 212 come into contact with the back surfaces of the openings 118L1 and 118L2 provided on the front shelf member 11, the adjusting piece The hook portions of 211 and 212 and the hook portions of the adjusting pieces 213 and 214 completely come out of the opening 118L1 and the opening 118L2 of the front side shelf member 11 and the engaging grooves 128L1 and 128L2 of the rear side shelf member 12.

しかる後、第1アタッチメント21を後方にスライドさせると、調整片211,212のフック部および調整片213,214のフック部が前方側棚部材11および後方側棚部材12の板面(通路面)の上に乗り始める。引き続いて、調整片211,212に設けた係止爪211a,212aが前方側棚部材11に設けた開口部118L1,開口部118L2の後縁に当接するまで第1アタッチメント21を後方にスライドさせると、調整片211,212のフック部および調整片213,214のフック部が前方側棚部材11および後方側棚部材12の板面(通路面)の上に完全に乗った状態となる。この時点で第1アタッチメント21を左側方向に移動させると、調整片212に設けた係止爪212aが開口部118L2の左縁の後方に設けた係止溝118L21に嵌合して第1アタッチメント21の前後方向への移動が阻止される。この場合、調整片211に設けた係止爪211aが前方側棚部材11の背面から外れないようにその長さが定められている。調整片212に設けた係止爪212aを開口部118L2の係止溝118L21に嵌合させた状態で第1アタッチメント21から手を離すと、調整片211,212のフック部および調整片213,214のフック部が前方側棚部材11および後方側棚部材12の板面(通路面)に乗る態様で当接して第1アタッチメント21の通路面形成部210が商品収納棚10の板面(通路面)から所定距離だけ上昇した状態にセットされる。図14には、第1アタッチメント21と第2アタッチメント22とが商品収納棚10の板面(通路面)に密着して敷設された状態(塗り潰して示した状態)と第1アタッチメント21の通路面形成部210が商品収納棚10の板面(通路面)から所定距離だけ上昇した状態にセットされた状態を示している。 After that, when the first attachment 21 is slid rearward, the hook portion of the adjustment pieces 211 and 212 and the hook portion of the adjustment pieces 213 and 214 are the plate surfaces (passage surfaces) of the front side shelf member 11 and the rear side shelf member 12. Start riding on. Subsequently, when the first attachment 21 is slid rearward until the locking claws 211a and 212a provided on the adjusting pieces 211 and 212 come into contact with the trailing edges of the openings 118L1 and 118L2 provided on the front shelf member 11. , The hook portion of the adjusting pieces 211 and 212 and the hook portion of the adjusting pieces 213 and 214 are completely resting on the plate surface (passage surface) of the front side shelf member 11 and the rear side shelf member 12. When the first attachment 21 is moved to the left at this point, the locking claw 212a provided on the adjusting piece 212 fits into the locking groove 118L21 provided behind the left edge of the opening 118L2, and the first attachment 21 Is blocked from moving in the front-back direction. In this case, the length of the locking claw 211a provided on the adjusting piece 211 is determined so as not to come off from the back surface of the front shelf member 11. When the locking claw 212a provided on the adjusting piece 212 is fitted into the locking groove 118L21 of the opening 118L2 and the hand is released from the first attachment 21, the hook portion of the adjusting pieces 211 and 212 and the adjusting pieces 213 and 214 The hook portion of the first attachment 21 comes into contact with the plate surface (passage surface) of the front side shelf member 11 and the rear side shelf member 12, and the passage surface forming portion 210 of the first attachment 21 comes into contact with the plate surface (passage surface) of the product storage shelf 10. ) Is set to rise by a predetermined distance. Figure 14 is a plate surface of the first attachment 21 second attachment 22 and the commodity storage rack 10 in a state of being laid in close contact with the (path surface) (filled with state shown), through the first attachment 21 It shows a state in which the road surface forming portion 210 is set in a state of being raised by a predetermined distance from the plate surface (passage surface) of the product storage shelf 10.

第1アタッチメント21に連結された第2アタッチメント22は、商品収納棚10と切り離して設けられているので、前述した第1アタッチメント21の前後方向へのスライド移動に追従して前後方向にスライド移動する。そして、第1アタッチメント21が上方に持ち上げられると第1アタッチメント21の後端に設けた2個の係合片215,215により第2アタッチメント22の前端側が押し上げられる。このようにして、第1アタッチメント21の通路面形成部210が商品収納棚10の板面(通路面)から所定距離だけ上昇した状態にセットされた場合、第2アタッチメント22は、その通路面形成部220が第1アタッチメント21の通路面形成部210の傾斜角度よりも大きい傾斜角度に傾斜した状態でセットされる。 Since the second attachment 22 connected to the first attachment 21 is provided separately from the product storage shelf 10, it slides in the front-rear direction following the slide movement in the front-rear direction of the first attachment 21 described above. .. Then, when the first attachment 21 is lifted upward, the front end side of the second attachment 22 is pushed up by the two engaging pieces 215 and 215 provided at the rear ends of the first attachment 21. In this way, when the passage surface forming portion 210 of the first attachment 21 is set so as to rise by a predetermined distance from the plate surface (passage surface) of the product storage shelf 10, the second attachment 22 forms the passage surface. The portion 220 is set in a state of being inclined at an inclination angle larger than the inclination angle of the passage surface forming portion 210 of the first attachment 21.

なお、第1アタッチメント21の通路面形成部210が商品収納棚10の板面(通路面)から所定距離だけ上昇した状態にセットされた状態では、第1アタッチメント21が仕切部材421の商品載置部4211の上方に位置しているので、仕切部材421の商品載置部4211に設けたフック片2111と干渉することがない。 When the passage surface forming portion 210 of the first attachment 21 is set so as to rise by a predetermined distance from the plate surface (passage surface) of the product storage shelf 10, the first attachment 21 is used to place the product on the partition member 421. Since it is located above the portion 4211, it does not interfere with the hook piece 2111 provided on the product mounting portion 4211 of the partition member 421.

第1アタッチメント21の調整片211,212のフック部および調整片213,214のフック部が前方側棚部材11および後方側棚部材12の板面(通路面)に乗る態様で当接して第1アタッチメント21の通路面形成部210が商品収納棚10の板面(通路面)から所定距離だけ上昇した状態にセットする手順と逆の手順で第1アタッチメント21と第2アタッチメント22とが商品収納棚10の板面(通路面)に密着して敷設された状態に戻すことができ、アタッチメント20を商品収納棚10から着脱する必要がないものである。 The hook portions of the adjusting pieces 211 and 212 of the first attachment 21 and the hook portions of the adjusting pieces 213 and 214 come into contact with each other so as to ride on the plate surface (passage surface) of the front side shelf member 11 and the rear side shelf member 12. The first attachment 21 and the second attachment 22 are the product storage shelves in the reverse procedure of setting the passage surface forming portion 210 of the attachment 21 so as to rise by a predetermined distance from the plate surface (passage surface) of the product storage shelf 10. It can be returned to the state in which it is laid in close contact with the plate surface (passage surface) of 10, and it is not necessary to attach / detach the attachment 20 from the product storage shelf 10.

前記商品搬出装置5は、図15乃至図18に示すように、左右に並設された第1〜第4払出機構501〜504、これらの第1〜第4払出機構501〜504を駆動する2個のモータ駆動ユニット70A,70B、前記第1〜第4払出機構501〜504に対応してそれぞれ検出レバー801と売切検出スイッチ802とを有する第1〜第4売切検出機構81〜84、配線ガイド90を備えている。これらの商品搬出装置5の構成部品は薄い箱形の基板51にそれぞれ取付けられている。 As shown in FIGS. 15 to 18, the product unloading device 5 drives the first to fourth payout mechanisms 501 to 504 arranged side by side, and the first to fourth payout mechanisms 501 to 504. The first to fourth sold-out detection mechanisms 81 to 84 having a detection lever 801 and a sold-out detection switch 802 corresponding to the first to fourth payout mechanisms 501 to 504, respectively, of the motor drive units 70A and 70B. A wiring guide 90 is provided. The components of these product unloading devices 5 are attached to thin box-shaped substrates 51, respectively.

前記商品搬出装置5の第1払出機構501は、商品収納通路43に出没自在に、基板51に架設した回動軸57に軸支されるとともに販売順位一番の商品G(図1に示すように最後端の商品であり、販売商品Gともいう)を保持する態様で商品収納通路43に突出する突出位置と前記販売商品Gの保持を解放する態様で商品収納通路43から退避する退避位置との間を移動可能に設けたペダル部材52(図16参照)と、商品収納通路43に出没自在に、基板51に設けた回動軸57に軸支されるとともに商品収納通路43から退避する退避位置と販売商品Gに続く販売順位二番の商品G(最後端の商品に続く商品であり、次販売商品ともいう)を保持する態様で商品収納通路43に突出する突出位置との間を移動可能に設けたストッパ部材53 (図16参照)と、前記ペダル部材52およびストッパ部材53を突出位置と退避位置とに移動させる後部リンクピン55(図18参照)および前部リンクピン56,56(図18参照)を支持し、復帰ばね540(図18参照)によって後退位置に向けて付勢されたリンク機構54などからなり、これらの構成部材が基板51に取付けられている。第2〜第4払出機構502〜504も第1払出機構501と同様に、ペダル部材52,ストッパ部材53,リンク機構54などからなる。 The first payout mechanism 501 of the product unloading device 5 is pivotally supported by a rotation shaft 57 erected on the substrate 51 so as to freely appear and disappear in the product storage passage 43, and the product G having the highest sales order (as shown in FIG. 1). A protruding position that protrudes into the product storage passage 43 in a manner of holding the last product (also referred to as a sold product G) and a retracting position of retracting from the product storage passage 43 in a manner of releasing the holding of the sold product G. A pedal member 52 (see FIG. 16) that is movable between the pedal member 52 and a rotating shaft 57 provided on the substrate 51 that can freely appear and disappear in the product storage passage 43 and retract from the product storage passage 43. Move between the position and the protruding position protruding into the product storage passage 43 in a manner of holding the second product G (the product following the last product and also called the next product) in the sales order following the sold product G. A potentially provided stopper member 53 (see FIG. 16), a rear link pin 55 (see FIG. 18) and front link pins 56, 56 (see FIG. 18) for moving the pedal member 52 and the stopper member 53 to a protruding position and a retracted position. It is composed of a link mechanism 54 or the like that supports (see FIG. 18) and is urged toward a retracted position by a return spring 540 (see FIG. 18), and these constituent members are attached to the substrate 51. Like the first payout mechanism 501, the second to fourth payout mechanisms 502 to 504 also include a pedal member 52, a stopper member 53, a link mechanism 54, and the like.

基板51は、図19に示すように、その周縁に上部側に向けて延在する左右のフランジ51a,51bおよび前フランジ51cを形成した薄板鋼板製になる。基板51の左右のフランジ51a,51bの後端には、円弧状に切り欠いたピン係止部51a1,51b1が設けられ、基板51の前フランジ51cには前方に折り曲げられたピン係止片51c1が一体に形成されている。これらのピン係止部51a1,51b1とピン係止片51c1は、左右一対のラック側板41,41に架設されるピン部材P1,P2(図2参照)に係合して基板51を商品収納棚10に係止固定するものである。 As shown in FIG. 19, the substrate 51 is made of a thin steel plate having left and right flanges 51a and 51b and front flanges 51c extending toward the upper side on the peripheral edge thereof. Pin locking portions 51a1, 51b1 notched in an arc shape are provided at the rear ends of the left and right flanges 51a, 51b of the substrate 51, and the front flange 51c of the substrate 51 is provided with a pin locking piece 51c1 bent forward. Are integrally formed. These pin locking portions 51a1, 51b1 and the pin locking piece 51c1 engage with the pin members P1 and P2 (see FIG. 2) erected on the pair of left and right rack side plates 41 and 41 to mount the substrate 51 on the product storage shelf. It is locked and fixed to 10.

基板51の前フランジ1cの近傍に切り起こしにより形成した係止片51dにはモータ駆動ユニット70A,70Bのユニットケース71におけるベース部材の頭部に設けた爪片71a,71a(図17参照)を係止する穴51d1,51d1を設けるとともに基板51の板面にはモータ駆動ユニット70A,70Bのユニットケース71におけるベース部材に設けた突起(不図示)をそれぞれ係止固定する穴51d2が穿設されている。また、基板51の板面には、後述する配線ガイド90の左右方向への移動を阻止する4個のストッパ片51d3と当該配線ガイド90係止固定する3個の係合突起51d4が切り起こしにより形成され、その係合突起51d4よりも後方側に、保持片51e1〜51e8が左右方向に複数(この例では8個)切り起こしにより形成されている。この保持片51e1〜51e8は、後述するリンク機構54をガイドするものである。 The locking pieces 51d formed by cutting up in the vicinity of the front flange 1c of the substrate 51 are provided with claw pieces 71a and 71a (see FIG. 17) provided on the head of the base member in the unit case 71 of the motor drive units 70A and 70B. Holes 51d1 and 51d1 for locking are provided, and holes 51d2 for locking and fixing protrusions (not shown) provided on the base member of the unit case 71 of the motor drive units 70A and 70B are bored on the plate surface of the substrate 51, respectively. ing. Further, on the plate surface of the substrate 51, four stopper pieces 51d3 for preventing the wiring guide 90 from moving in the left-right direction and three engaging projections 51d4 for locking and fixing the wiring guide 90 are cut and raised. It is formed, and a plurality of holding pieces 51e1 to 51e8 (8 in this example) are cut and raised in the left-right direction on the rear side of the engaging protrusions 51d4. The holding pieces 51e1 to 51e8 guide the link mechanism 54, which will be described later.

基板51の後端側には開口部511,512を挟んで左右両側に一対の軸受部515,515が切り起こしによりそれぞれ形成され、また、基板51の後端側には開口部513,514を挟んで左右両側に一対の軸受部516,516が切り起こしによりそれぞれ形成されている。 A pair of bearing portions 515 and 515 are formed on the rear end side of the substrate 51 by cutting and raising on both left and right sides of the openings 511 and 512, respectively, and openings 513 and 514 are formed on the rear end side of the substrate 51. A pair of bearing portions 516 and 516 are formed by cutting and raising on both left and right sides of the bearing.

開口部511を挟んで左右両側に設けた軸受部515,515には、図20に示すように、前後方向に延在する前後一対の長穴5151,5152が段違いに形成されている。また、軸受部515,515には、長穴5151の下方位置に支軸穴5153が形成されている。前記長穴5151,5152は、商品搬出装置5の第1払出機構501に関わるリンク機構54に支持された後部リンクピン55,前部リンクピン56をそれぞれ前後方向にスライド移動可能に支持するものである。前記支軸穴5153は、前記第1払出機構501のペダル部材52とストッパ部材53に関わる共通の回動軸57を支持するものである。また、軸受部515,515には、長穴5151の前方位置に前後方向に延在する長穴5154,5154が形成されている。この長穴5154,5154は、第1払出機構501に対応する第1の売切検出機構81の検出レバー801a(図15参照)を前後方向にスライド可能に保持するものである。そして、軸受部515,515のうちの右側の軸受部515の前方寄りには前記リンク機構54を後退位置に復帰させる復帰ばね540の一端を係止する係止片5155が設けられている。なお、前記長穴5151,5152,5144および支軸穴5153の穴周縁はヘミング加工若しくはバーリング加工を施して、後部リンクピン55,前部リンクピン56、検出レバー801a、回動軸57との摩擦を低減するように構成されている。なお、開口部512を挟んで左右両側に設けた軸受部515,515にも開口部511を挟んで左右両側に設けた軸受部515,515と同様に形成されている。 As shown in FIG. 20, a pair of front and rear elongated holes 5151 and 5152 extending in the front-rear direction are formed in steps on the bearing portions 515 and 515 provided on both the left and right sides of the opening 511. Further, in the bearing portions 515 and 515, a support shaft hole 5153 is formed at a position below the elongated hole 5151. The elongated holes 5151 and 5152 support the rear link pin 55 and the front link pin 56 supported by the link mechanism 54 related to the first payout mechanism 501 of the product unloading device 5 so as to be slidable in the front-rear direction. is there. The support shaft hole 5153 supports a common rotation shaft 57 related to the pedal member 52 and the stopper member 53 of the first payout mechanism 501. Further, the bearing portions 515 and 515 are formed with elongated holes 5154 and 5154 extending in the front-rear direction at positions in front of the elongated holes 5151. The elongated holes 5154, 5154 hold the detection lever 801a (see FIG. 15) of the first sold-out detection mechanism 81 corresponding to the first payout mechanism 501 so as to be slidable in the front-rear direction. A locking piece 5155 for locking one end of the return spring 540 that returns the link mechanism 54 to the retracted position is provided near the front of the bearing portion 515 on the right side of the bearing portions 515 and 515. The edges of the elongated holes 5151, 5152, 5144 and the support shaft hole 5153 are hemmed or burred, and friction with the rear link pin 55, the front link pin 56, the detection lever 801a, and the rotating shaft 57. Is configured to reduce. The bearing portions 515 and 515 provided on both the left and right sides of the opening 512 are also formed in the same manner as the bearing portions 515 and 515 provided on both the left and right sides of the opening 511.

開口部513,514を挟んで左右両側に設けた軸受部516,516にも、開口部511を挟んで左右両側に設けた軸受部515,515と同様に、前後方向に延在する前後一対の長穴5161,5162が段違いに形成され、長穴5161の下方位置に支軸穴5163が形成され、長穴5161の前方位置に前後方向に延在する長穴5164,5164が形成されている。そして、軸受部516,516のうちの左側の軸受部516の前方寄りには前記リンク機構54を後退位置に復帰させる復帰ばね540の一端を係止する係止片5165が設けられている。 A pair of front and rear bearings 516 and 516 provided on both the left and right sides of the openings 513 and 514 also extend in the front-rear direction in the same manner as the bearing portions 515 and 515 provided on both the left and right sides of the opening 511. The elongated holes 5161 and 5162 are formed in a stepped manner, the bearing shaft holes 5163 are formed at a position below the elongated holes 5161, and the elongated holes 5164 and 5164 extending in the front-rear direction are formed at a position in front of the elongated holes 5161. A locking piece 5165 for locking one end of the return spring 540 that returns the link mechanism 54 to the retracted position is provided near the front of the left bearing portion 516 of the bearing portions 516 and 516.

商品搬出装置5における第1払出機構501を構成するペダル部材52は、図21に示すように、平板状の保持部521と、この保持部521の基端側から保持部521と反対方向に延在する2個の軸受部522を一体に形成した合成樹脂(たとえば、ポリアセタール)製になる。前記軸受部522には軸挿通穴5221と異形孔523が形成されている。軸挿通穴5221は、回動軸57を挿通するためのものである。回動軸57には、捻りコイルばね(不図示)が巻装され、ペダル部材52は、この捻りコイルばねの弾性付勢力によって商品収納通路43への突出位置に向けて常に付勢されている。前記異形孔523は、リンク機構54に支持された後部リンクピン55の端部を摺動させ、後部リンクピン55の前後方向へのスライド移動を許容するとともに後部リンクピン55と協働してペダル部材52の動作範囲を規制するためのものである。そして、この異形孔523は、後退位置(軸受部515,515に設けた長穴5151,5151の後端位置)にスライド移動した後部リンクピン55と当接してペダル部材52を商品収納通路43に突出した突出位置にロックするロック溝部523a(後述する図32も参照)を備えている。 As shown in FIG. 21, the pedal member 52 constituting the first payout mechanism 501 in the product unloading device 5 extends from the flat plate-shaped holding portion 521 and the base end side of the holding portion 521 in the direction opposite to the holding portion 521. It is made of a synthetic resin (for example, polyacetal) in which the two existing bearing portions 522 are integrally formed. The bearing portion 522 is formed with a shaft insertion hole 5221 and a deformed hole 523. The shaft insertion hole 5221 is for inserting the rotating shaft 57. A torsion coil spring (not shown) is wound around the rotation shaft 57, and the pedal member 52 is always urged toward a protruding position into the product storage passage 43 by the elastic urging force of the torsion coil spring. .. The deformed hole 523 slides the end of the rear link pin 55 supported by the link mechanism 54, allows the rear link pin 55 to slide in the front-rear direction, and cooperates with the rear link pin 55 to pedal. This is for regulating the operating range of the member 52. Then, the deformed hole 523 comes into contact with the rear link pin 55 that has slid to the retracted position (the rear end position of the elongated holes 5151 and 5151 provided in the bearing portions 515 and 515), and the pedal member 52 is brought into the product storage passage 43. It is provided with a lock groove portion 523a (see also FIG. 32 described later) that locks at a protruding protruding position.

なお、第2払出機構502および第4払出機構504のペダル部材も第1払出機構501のペダル部材52と同一寸法および同一の構成になる。 The pedal members of the second payout mechanism 502 and the fourth payout mechanism 504 also have the same dimensions and the same configuration as the pedal member 52 of the first payout mechanism 501.

第3払出機構503を構成するペダル部材52を図22に示し、図20に示したペダル部材52と同一の機能を有するものには同一の符号を付している。図22に示した第3払出機構503のペダル部材52は、平板状の保持部521と、この保持部521の基端側から保持部521と反対方向に延在する左右一対の軸受部522を一体に形成した合成樹脂(たとえば、ポリアセタール)製になる。この第3払出機構503のペダル部材52が前述した第1払出機構501のペダル部材52と相違する点は、第3払出機構503のペダル部材52の保持部521の長さが第1払出機構501のペダル部材52の保持部521の長さよりも小さく形成(略3/4の長さに形成)されている点である。その他の構成は同一であるので、同一の符号を付してその構成の説明は省略する。 The pedal member 52 constituting the third payout mechanism 503 is shown in FIG. 22, and those having the same function as the pedal member 52 shown in FIG. 20 are designated by the same reference numerals. The pedal member 52 of the third payout mechanism 503 shown in FIG. 22 includes a flat plate-shaped holding portion 521 and a pair of left and right bearing portions 522 extending in the direction opposite to the holding portion 521 from the base end side of the holding portion 521. It is made of integrally formed synthetic resin (for example, polyacetal). The difference between the pedal member 52 of the third payout mechanism 503 and the pedal member 52 of the first payout mechanism 501 described above is that the length of the holding portion 521 of the pedal member 52 of the third payout mechanism 503 is the length of the first payout mechanism 501. It is a point that the pedal member 52 is formed to be smaller than the length of the holding portion 521 (formed to a length of approximately 3/4). Since the other configurations are the same, the same reference numerals are given and the description of the configurations will be omitted.

商品搬出装置5における第1払出機構501を構成するストッパ部材53は、合成樹脂(例えば、ポリアセタール)製になり、図23に示すように、基端部側に形成された軸挿通穴5311を備えた2個の軸支部531と、先端側に形成されるとともに4個の爪片532aを有する商品の保持部532と、基端部と先端との間の胴部530に形成した左右一対のストッパ壁533とが一体成形されている。左右一対のストッパ壁533には凹状の摺動溝533aが形成されている。前記軸支部531に形成され軸挿通穴5311は、回動軸57を挿通するためのものである。左右の軸支部531の間の長さは、ペダル部材52の軸挿通穴5221が設けられた両端の軸受部522の間の長さよりも大きく定められている。前記保持部532は、ストッパ部材53が商品収納通路43に突出した際に商品と当接して当該商品を保持するものである。なお、保持部532における4個の爪片532aのうちの左右の爪片532aが基板51と干渉するのを防止するため、基板51には開口5150(図20参照)が形成されている。また、残りの爪片532a(4個のうちの中央2個)は基板51の開口部511に位置するものである。 The stopper member 53 constituting the first payout mechanism 501 in the product unloading device 5 is made of synthetic resin (for example, polyacetal) and includes a shaft insertion hole 5311 formed on the base end side as shown in FIG. 23. Two shaft support portions 531 and a product holding portion 532 formed on the tip side and having four claw pieces 532a, and a pair of left and right stoppers formed on the body portion 530 between the base end portion and the tip end. The wall 533 is integrally molded. A concave sliding groove 533a is formed on the pair of left and right stopper walls 533. The shaft insertion hole 5311 formed in the shaft support portion 531 is for inserting the rotating shaft 57. The length between the left and right shaft support portions 531 is set to be larger than the length between the bearing portions 522 at both ends where the shaft insertion holes 5221 of the pedal member 52 are provided. When the stopper member 53 projects into the product storage aisle 43, the holding portion 532 comes into contact with the product and holds the product. An opening 5150 (see FIG. 20) is formed in the substrate 51 in order to prevent the left and right claw pieces 532a of the four claw pieces 532a in the holding portion 532 from interfering with the substrate 51. The remaining claw pieces 532a (two in the center of the four) are located in the opening 511 of the substrate 51.

ストッパ部材53におけるストッパ壁533に形成した凹状の摺動溝533aは、前後方向にスライド移動する前部リンクピン56が摺動可能であり、後退位置(軸受部515,515に設けた長穴5152,5152の後端位置)にスライド移動した前部リンクピン56を受け入れてストッパ部材53を商品収納通路43から退避した退避位置にロックし、前部リンクピン56が後退位置から前方にスライド移動する際にストッパ部材53を商品収納通路43に向けて押し出すものである。また、前記ストッパ壁533における摺動溝533aに連なる部位には、前進位置(軸受部515,515に設けた長穴5152,5152の前端位置)にスライド移動した前部リンクピン56に当接するストッパ面533b(後述する図32も参照)を設けている。このストッパ面533bは、前部リンクピン56に当接して商品収納通路43に突出したストッパ部材53が退避位置に向けて移動するのを阻止して当該ストッパ部材53を突出位置でロックするものである。なお、ストッパ部材53のそれぞれの軸支部531には外方向に突出するストッパ片534が設けられている。このストッパ片534は、ストッパ部材53が商品収納通路43に突出した際に基板51に当接するように構成され、ストッパ部材53の突出位置を規制するものである。 The concave sliding groove 533a formed in the stopper wall 533 of the stopper member 53 is slidable by the front link pin 56 that slides in the front-rear direction, and is retracted (the elongated holes 5152 provided in the bearing portions 515 and 515). , 5152 rear end position), the front link pin 56 is received and the stopper member 53 is locked to the retracted position retracted from the product storage passage 43, and the front link pin 56 slides forward from the retracted position. At that time, the stopper member 53 is pushed out toward the product storage passage 43. Further, at the portion of the stopper wall 533 that is connected to the sliding groove 533a, a stopper that comes into contact with the front link pin 56 that has slid to the forward position (the front end position of the elongated holes 5152 and 5152 provided in the bearing portions 515 and 515). A surface 533b (see also FIG. 32 described later) is provided. The stopper surface 533b prevents the stopper member 53 protruding from the product storage aisle 43 from moving toward the retracted position in contact with the front link pin 56, and locks the stopper member 53 at the protruding position. is there. Each shaft support portion 531 of the stopper member 53 is provided with a stopper piece 534 projecting outward. The stopper piece 534 is configured to come into contact with the substrate 51 when the stopper member 53 projects into the product storage passage 43, and regulates the protruding position of the stopper member 53.

なお、第2払出機構502および第4払出機構504のストッパ部材も第1払出機構501のストッパ部材53と同一寸法および同一の構成になる。 The stopper members of the second payout mechanism 502 and the fourth payout mechanism 504 also have the same dimensions and the same configuration as the stopper member 53 of the first payout mechanism 501.

第3払出機構503を構成するストッパ部材53を図24に示し、図22に示したストッパ部材53と同一の機能を有するものには同一の符号を付している。図22に示した第3払出機構503のストッパ部材53も、合成樹脂(例えば、ポリアセタール)製になり、軸挿通穴5311を備えた2個の軸支部531と、商品の保持部532と、凹状の摺動溝533aが形成された左右一対のストッパ壁533とが一体成形されている。この第3払出機構503のストッパ部材53が前述した第1払出機構501のストッパ部材53と相違する点は、第3払出機構503のストッパ部材53の保持部533の長さが第1払出機構501のストッパ部材53の保持部533の長さよりも小さく形成(略3/4の長さに形成)され、かつ、第1払出機構501のストッパ部材53の保持部533に設けた爪片532aが削除されている点である。その他の構成は同一であるので、同一の符号を付してその構成の説明は省略する。 The stopper member 53 constituting the third payout mechanism 503 is shown in FIG. 24, and those having the same function as the stopper member 53 shown in FIG. 22 are designated by the same reference numerals. The stopper member 53 of the third payout mechanism 503 shown in FIG. 22 is also made of synthetic resin (for example, polyacetal), and has two shaft support portions 531 having shaft insertion holes 5311, a product holding portion 532, and a concave shape. A pair of left and right stopper walls 533 on which the sliding groove 533a of the above is formed is integrally molded. The difference between the stopper member 53 of the third payout mechanism 503 and the stopper member 53 of the first payout mechanism 501 described above is that the length of the holding portion 533 of the stopper member 53 of the third payout mechanism 503 is the length of the first payout mechanism 501. The claw piece 532a, which is formed to be smaller than the length of the holding portion 533 of the stopper member 53 (formed to a length of approximately 3/4) and is provided on the holding portion 533 of the stopper member 53 of the first payout mechanism 501, has been deleted. It is a point that has been done. Since the other configurations are the same, the same reference numerals are given and the description of the configurations will be omitted.

前記第1払出機構501〜504のペダル部材52およびストッパ部材53を軸支する回動軸57は、第1払出機構501〜504のペダル部材52およびストッパ部材53に共通である。この回動軸57の軸受部515,515および軸受部515,515への組み付けは、第1払出機構501,第2払出機構502のそれぞれのペダル部材52の軸受部522およびストッパ部材53の基端部を軸受部515,515の所定位置に配設し、第3払出機構503,第4払出機構504のそれぞれのペダル部材52の軸受部522およびストッパ部材53の基端部を軸受部516,516の所定位置に配設する。この場合、所定位置とは、第1払出機構501を例にすると、ペダル部材52に設けた2個の軸受部522をストッパ部材53に設けた2個の軸支部531の間に配した上で、ペダル部材52に設けた2個の軸受部522の軸挿通穴5221と、ストッパ部材53に設けた2個の軸支部531の軸挿通穴5311とが、軸受部515,515に形成した支軸穴5153,5153と一直線上に位置することを指している。このように、第1払出機構501,第2払出機構502のそれぞれのペダル部材52の軸受部522およびストッパ部材53の基端部を軸受部515,515の所定位置に配設し、第3払出機構503,第4払出機構504のそれぞれのペダル部材52の軸受部522およびストッパ部材53の基端部を軸受部516,516の所定位置に配設した上で、基板51の左フランジ51aの外側から当該左フランジ51aに形成した丸穴51a2(図17参照)に回動軸57を差し込み、回動軸57を左端の軸受部515と右端の516に形成した支軸穴5153,5143に挿通させて架設すると、それぞれのペダル部材52とストッパ部材53が回動軸57に軸支されることとなる。 The rotation shaft 57 that pivotally supports the pedal member 52 and the stopper member 53 of the first payout mechanism 501 to 504 is common to the pedal member 52 and the stopper member 53 of the first payout mechanism 501 to 504. The rotation shaft 57 is assembled to the bearing portions 515, 515 and the bearing portions 515, 515 at the base ends of the bearing portion 522 and the stopper member 53 of the pedal members 52 of the first payout mechanism 501 and the second payout mechanism 502, respectively. The portions are arranged at predetermined positions of the bearing portions 515 and 515, and the bearing portions 522 and the base end portions of the stopper members 53 of the pedal members 52 of the third payout mechanism 503 and the fourth payout mechanism 504 are respectively arranged in the bearing portions 516 and 516. It is arranged at a predetermined position of. In this case, the predetermined position is, for example, the first payout mechanism 501, after the two bearing portions 522 provided on the pedal member 52 are arranged between the two shaft support portions 531 provided on the stopper member 53. , The shaft insertion holes 5221 of the two bearing portions 522 provided in the pedal member 52 and the shaft insertion holes 5311 of the two shaft support portions 531 provided in the stopper member 53 form support shafts in the bearing portions 515 and 515. It means that it is located in line with the holes 5153, 5153. In this way, the bearing portions 522 and the base end portions of the stopper members 53 of the pedal members 52 of the first payout mechanism 501 and the second payout mechanism 502 are arranged at predetermined positions of the bearing portions 515 and 515, and the third payout is performed. The bearing portion 522 of each pedal member 52 of the mechanism 503 and the fourth payout mechanism 504 and the base end portion of the stopper member 53 are arranged at predetermined positions of the bearing portions 516 and 516, and then the outside of the left flange 51a of the substrate 51. The rotating shaft 57 is inserted into the round hole 51a2 (see FIG. 17) formed in the left flange 51a, and the rotating shaft 57 is inserted into the bearing portion 515 at the left end and the support shaft hole 5153, 5143 formed at the right end 516. When erected, the pedal member 52 and the stopper member 53 are pivotally supported by the rotation shaft 57.

商品搬出装置5における第1払出機構501を構成するリンク機構54を図25に示し、リンク機構54は、鋼板製のリンク部材541aを備えている。リンク部材541aは、短冊状をなし、その前端には下方に折り曲げることにより基板51の板面に近接するとともに右側方向に延在する係合片5411を設けている。リンク部材541aの後端には、その左右両端から下方に延在する支持脚5410が形成され、その支持脚5410に後部リンクピン55が貫通する貫通穴からなる支持部542、およびその支持部542の前方側に位置して前部リンクピン56が貫通する貫通穴からなる支持部543が形成されている。前記支持部542は、後部リンクピン55を支持してリンク部材541aの前後方向への往復動作に連動して当該後部リンクピン55を前後方向に移動させるものである。前記支持部543は、前部リンクピン56を支持してリンク部材541aの前後方向への往復動作に連動して当該前部リンクピン56を前後方向に移動させるものである。なお、左右一対の支持脚5410,5410の間隔は、前記ペダル部材52の2個の軸受部522の間の寸法よりも小さく定められている。そして、リンク部材541aの右縁の前方寄りには係止片545が設けられている。この係止片545はリンク部材541aを後退位置に向けて付勢する捻りコイルばねからなる復帰ばね540の他端を係止するものである。復帰ばね540の一端は、基板51に形成した軸受部515,515のうちの右側の軸受部515の前方寄りに設けた係止片5155(図20参照)に係止されるものである。 The link mechanism 54 constituting the first payout mechanism 501 in the product unloading device 5 is shown in FIG. 25, and the link mechanism 54 includes a steel plate link member 541a. The link member 541a has a strip shape, and its front end is provided with an engaging piece 5411 that is bent downward so as to be close to the plate surface of the substrate 51 and extend to the right. At the rear end of the link member 541a, support legs 5410 extending downward from both left and right ends thereof are formed, and a support portion 542 formed of a through hole through which the rear link pin 55 penetrates the support leg 5410, and a support portion 542 thereof. A support portion 543 is formed which is located on the front side of the vehicle and is formed of a through hole through which the front link pin 56 passes. The support portion 542 supports the rear link pin 55 and moves the rear link pin 55 in the front-rear direction in conjunction with the reciprocating operation of the link member 541a in the front-rear direction. The support portion 543 supports the front link pin 56 and moves the front link pin 56 in the front-rear direction in conjunction with a reciprocating motion of the link member 541a in the front-rear direction. The distance between the pair of left and right support legs 5410 and 5410 is set to be smaller than the dimension between the two bearing portions 522 of the pedal member 52. A locking piece 545 is provided near the front of the right edge of the link member 541a. The locking piece 545 locks the other end of the return spring 540, which is a torsion coil spring that urges the link member 541a toward the retracted position. One end of the return spring 540 is locked to a locking piece 5155 (see FIG. 20) provided near the front of the bearing portion 515 on the right side of the bearing portions 515 and 515 formed on the substrate 51.

リンク部材541aの前端に基板51の板面に近接する態様で設けた係合片5411は、その前部から上方に鉛直に折り曲げて形成した当接片5411aと、その後縁の右端寄りに方向に突出して形成したガイド片5411bとを有している。この係合片5411は、基板51の板面に近接する状態で当接片5411aが後述するモータ駆動ユニット70Aのリンクレバー718の先端718bを前方から覆う態様で配設されるものである。また、係合片5411の左右方向の長さは、基板51に切り起こしにより形成した保持片51e1と保持片51e2との間の寸法よりも僅かに小さい長さに定められ、係合片5411の左右両端が保持片51e1,51e2にガイドされる態様でリンク部材541aが前後にスライド移動するように構成されている。 The engaging piece 5411 provided at the front end of the link member 541a in a manner close to the plate surface of the substrate 51 is formed by vertically bending upward from the front portion thereof, and the contact piece 5411a and the contact piece 5411a formed in the direction toward the right end of the trailing edge. It has a guide piece 5411b formed so as to protrude. The engaging piece 5411 is arranged so that the contact piece 5411a covers the tip 718b of the link lever 718 of the motor drive unit 70A, which will be described later, from the front in a state of being close to the plate surface of the substrate 51. Further, the length of the engaging piece 5411 in the left-right direction is set to be slightly smaller than the dimension between the holding piece 51e1 and the holding piece 51e2 formed by cutting up on the substrate 51, and the engaging piece 5411 The link member 541a is configured to slide back and forth so that both the left and right ends are guided by the holding pieces 51e1 and 51e2.

前記リンク部材541aは、後部リンクピン55および前部リンクピン56とともに基板51の軸受部515,515に組み付けられる。すなわち、リンク部材541aの軸受部515,515への組み付けは、前述したように、ペダル部材52およびストッパ部材53を、回動軸57を介して軸受部515,515に組み付けた後、リンク部材541aを軸受部515,515の所定位置に配設した状態で後部リンクピン55および前部リンクピン56を組み付ける。この場合、所定位置とは、リンク部材541aにおける左右の支持脚5410,5410を軸受部515,515に予め組み付けられているペダル部材52の2個の軸受部522の内側に挿入する態様で組み込んだうえで、ペダル部材52の軸受部522に設けた異形孔523と、リンク部材541aの支持脚5410,5410に設けた支持部(貫通穴)542とが、軸受部515,515に形成した長穴5151,5151と一直線上に位置し、また、軸受部515,515に予め組み付けられているストッパ部材53の左右一対のストッパ壁533,533に形成した凹状の摺動溝533a,533aと、リンク部材541aの左右の支持脚5410,5410に設けた支持部(貫通穴)543とが、軸受部515,515の左右側壁に形成した長穴5152,5152と一直線上に位置することを指している。 The link member 541a is assembled to the bearing portions 515 and 515 of the substrate 51 together with the rear link pin 55 and the front link pin 56. That is, in the assembly of the link member 541a to the bearing portions 515 and 515, as described above, the pedal member 52 and the stopper member 53 are assembled to the bearing portions 515 and 515 via the rotation shaft 57, and then the link member 541a is assembled. The rear link pin 55 and the front link pin 56 are assembled in a state where the bearing portions 515 and 515 are arranged at predetermined positions. In this case, the predetermined position is incorporated in such a manner that the left and right support legs 5410 and 5410 of the link member 541a are inserted inside the two bearing portions 522 of the pedal member 52 previously assembled to the bearing portions 515 and 515. The deformed hole 523 provided in the bearing portion 522 of the pedal member 52 and the support portions (through holes) 542 provided in the support legs 5410 and 5410 of the link member 541a are elongated holes formed in the bearing portions 515 and 515. Concave sliding grooves 533a, 533a formed in a pair of left and right stopper walls 533, 533 of the stopper members 53, which are located in line with 5151, 5151 and are pre-assembled to the bearing portions 515, 515, and the link member. It means that the support portions (through holes) 543 provided on the left and right support legs 5410 and 5410 of the 541a are located in line with the elongated holes 5152 and 5152 formed on the left and right side walls of the bearing portions 515 and 515.

このように、リンク部材541aを軸受部515,515の所定位置に配設した状態で、後部リンクピン55を、基板51の左フランジ51aに穿設した丸穴51a3(図17参照)の外側から差し込んで軸受部515,515に形成した長穴5151,5151に跨るように装着する一方、前部リンクピン56を、基板51の左フランジ51aに形成した丸穴51a4(図19参照)の外側から差し込んで軸受部515,515に形成した長穴5152,5152に跨るように装着する。これにより、後部リンクピン55がリンク部材541aの支持部(貫通穴)542に支持されるとともにペダル部材52の軸受部522に設けた異形孔523に挿通された状態で軸受部515,515に形成した長穴5151,5141に跨って保持され、前部リンクピン56がリンク部材541aの支持部(貫通穴)543に支持されるとともにストッパ部材52の左右一対のストッパ壁533に設けた凹状の摺動溝533aに挿通された状態で軸受部515,515に形成した長穴5142,5142に跨って保持される。 In this way, with the link members 541a arranged at predetermined positions of the bearing portions 515 and 515, the rear link pin 55 is formed from the outside of the round hole 51a3 (see FIG. 17) formed in the left flange 51a of the substrate 51. The front link pin 56 is mounted from the outside of the round hole 51a4 (see FIG. 19) formed in the left flange 51a of the substrate 51 while being inserted so as to straddle the elongated holes 5151 and 5151 formed in the bearing portions 515 and 515. It is inserted so as to straddle the elongated holes 5152 and 5152 formed in the bearing portions 515 and 515. As a result, the rear link pin 55 is supported by the support portion (through hole) 542 of the link member 541a and is formed in the bearing portions 515 and 515 in a state of being inserted into the deformed hole 523 provided in the bearing portion 522 of the pedal member 52. It is held across the elongated holes 5151 and 5141, and the front link pin 56 is supported by the support portion (through hole) 543 of the link member 541a, and the concave slide provided on the pair of left and right stopper walls 533 of the stopper member 52. It is held across the elongated holes 5142 and 5142 formed in the bearing portions 515 and 515 in a state of being inserted into the moving groove 533a.

前述したように、リンク部材541aを基板51に組み付けた状態で復帰ばね540を、リンク部材541aの係止片545と軸受部515,515のうちの右側の軸受部515の前方寄りに設けた係止片5155(図20参照)と係止する態様で組み付ける。これによりリンク部材541aは待機状態で復帰ばね540の付勢力により後部リンクピン55および前部リンクピン56が軸受部515,515に形成した長穴5151,5151および長穴5152,5152の後端位置に位置するように後退しているものである。なお、商品収納通路43から退避位置に退避したストッパ部材53が復帰ばね540と干渉するのを避けるためにストッパ部材53の保持部532には切欠き532b(図23参照)が設けられている。 As described above, with the link member 541a assembled to the substrate 51, the return spring 540 is provided near the front of the right bearing portion 515 of the locking piece 545 of the link member 541a and the bearing portions 515 and 515. Assemble in a manner of locking with the stop piece 5155 (see FIG. 20). As a result, the link member 541a is in the standby state, and the rear link pin 55 and the front link pin 56 are formed in the bearing portions 515,515 by the urging force of the return spring 540. It is retreating to be located in. The holding portion 532 of the stopper member 53 is provided with a notch 532b (see FIG. 23) in order to prevent the stopper member 53 retracted from the product storage passage 43 to the retracted position from interfering with the return spring 540.

商品搬出装置5における第2払出機構502を構成するリンク機構54を図26に示し、リンク機構54は、鋼板製のリンク部材541bを備えている。なお、リンク部材541bにおいて、図25に示したリンク部材541aと同一の機能を有するものには同一の符号を付している。 The link mechanism 54 constituting the second payout mechanism 502 in the product unloading device 5 is shown in FIG. 26, and the link mechanism 54 includes a link member 541b made of a steel plate. In the link member 541b, those having the same function as the link member 541a shown in FIG. 25 are designated by the same reference numerals.

図26に示すように、短冊状のリンク部材541bは、その前端にU字状に折り曲げて形成したU字状部541b1により基板51の板面から離隔するとともにモータ駆動ユニット70Bの領域にまで延在する態様で形成された係合片5411を設けている。リンク部材541bの後端には、図25に示したリンク部材541aと同様に、その左右両端から下方に延在する支持脚5410が形成され、その支持脚5410に後部リンクピン55が貫通する貫通穴からなる支持部542、およびその支持部542の前方側に位置して前部リンクピン56が貫通する貫通穴からなる支持部543が形成されている。また、リンク部材541bの右縁の前方寄りには係止片545が設けられている。この係止片545はリンク部材541bを後退位置に向けて付勢する捻りコイルばねからなる復帰ばね540の他端を係止するものである。復帰ばね540の一端は、基板51の開口部512の両端に形成した形成した軸受部515,515のうちの右側の軸受部515の前方寄りに設けた係止片5155(図20参照)に係止されるものである。 As shown in FIG. 26, the strip-shaped link member 541b is separated from the plate surface of the substrate 51 by a U-shaped portion 541b1 formed by bending the strip-shaped link member 541b at the front end thereof, and extends to the region of the motor drive unit 70B. An engaging piece 5411 formed in an existing manner is provided. Similar to the link member 541a shown in FIG. 25, a support leg 5410 extending downward from both left and right ends thereof is formed at the rear end of the link member 541b, and the rear link pin 55 penetrates the support leg 5410. A support portion 542 formed of a hole and a support portion 543 formed of a through hole located on the front side of the support portion 542 and through which the front link pin 56 penetrates are formed. Further, a locking piece 545 is provided near the front of the right edge of the link member 541b. The locking piece 545 locks the other end of the return spring 540, which is a torsion coil spring that urges the link member 541b toward the retracted position. One end of the return spring 540 is engaged with a locking piece 5155 (see FIG. 20) provided near the front of the bearing portion 515 on the right side of the bearing portions 515 and 515 formed at both ends of the opening 512 of the substrate 51. It is something that will be stopped.

前記リンク部材541bにU字状部541b1を介して連結された係合片5411の先端(右端)には、下方に折り曲げ形成された当接片5411aが設けられている。この係合片5411aは、後述するモータ駆動ユニット70Bのリンクレバー718の先端718bを前方から囲繞する態様で配設されるものである。また、U字状部541b1の左右方向の長さは、基板51に切り起こしにより形成した保持片51e3と保持片51e4との間の寸法よりも僅かに小さい長さに定められ、U字状部541b1の左右両端が保持片51e3,51e4にガイドされる態様でリンク部材541bが前後にスライド移動するように構成されている。 At the tip (right end) of the engaging piece 5411 connected to the link member 541b via the U-shaped portion 541b1, a contact piece 5411a formed by bending downward is provided. The engaging piece 5411a is arranged so as to surround the tip 718b of the link lever 718 of the motor drive unit 70B, which will be described later, from the front. Further, the length of the U-shaped portion 541b1 in the left-right direction is set to be slightly smaller than the dimension between the holding piece 51e3 and the holding piece 51e4 formed by cutting and raising the substrate 51, and the U-shaped portion The link member 541b is configured to slide back and forth so that the left and right ends of the 541b1 are guided by the holding pieces 51e3 and 51e4.

このリンク部材541bに支持される後部リンクピン55および前部リンクピン56の基板51の開口部512を挟んで左右両側に設けた軸受部515,515への組み付けは、リンク部材541bを軸受部515,515の所定位置に配設したうえで、基板51の開口部512の両端に形成した形成した軸受部515,515のうちの左側の軸受部515の外側(左側)から後部リンクピン55および前部リンクピン56を長穴5151および長穴5152に差し込んでその軸受部515,515に形成した長穴5151,5151、5152,5152に跨るように装着する。これにより、後部リンクピン55がリンク部材541bの支持部(貫通穴)542に支持されるとともにペダル部材52の軸受部522に設けた異形孔523に挿通された状態で軸受部515,515に形成した長穴5151,5151に跨って保持され、前部リンクピン56がリンク部材541bの支持部(貫通穴)543に支持されるとともにストッパ部材52の左右一対のストッパ壁533に設けた凹状の摺動溝533aに挿通された状態で軸受部515,515に形成した長穴5152,5152に跨って保持される。 The link member 541b is assembled to the bearing portions 515 and 515 provided on both the left and right sides of the substrate 51 of the rear link pin 55 and the front link pin 56 supported by the link member 541b with the opening 512 in between. , 515, and then the rear link pin 55 and the front link pin 55 from the outside (left side) of the left bearing portion 515 of the formed bearing portions 515 and 515 formed at both ends of the opening 512 of the substrate 51 after being arranged at a predetermined position. The part link pin 56 is inserted into the long hole 5151 and the long hole 5152 and mounted so as to straddle the long holes 5151, 5151, 5152, 5152 formed in the bearing portions 515, 515. As a result, the rear link pin 55 is supported by the support portion (through hole) 542 of the link member 541b and is formed in the bearing portions 515 and 515 in a state of being inserted into the deformed hole 523 provided in the bearing portion 522 of the pedal member 52. It is held across the elongated holes 5151 and 5151, the front link pin 56 is supported by the support portion (through hole) 543 of the link member 541b, and the concave slide provided on the pair of left and right stopper walls 533 of the stopper member 52. It is held across the elongated holes 5152 and 5152 formed in the bearing portions 515 and 515 in a state of being inserted into the moving groove 533a.

前述したように、リンク部材541bを基板51に組み付けた状態で復帰ばね540を、リンク部材541bの係止片545と基板51の開口部512を挟んで左右両側に設けた軸受部515,515のうちの右側の軸受部515の前方寄りに設けた係止片5155(図20参照)と係止する態様で組み付ける。これによりリンク部材541bは待機状態で復帰ばね540の付勢力により後部リンクピン55および前部リンクピン56が軸受部515,515に形成した長穴5151,5151および長穴5152,5152の後端位置に位置するように後退しているものである。 As described above, with the link member 541b assembled to the substrate 51, the return spring 540 is provided on the left and right sides of the bearing portions 515 and 515 with the locking piece 545 of the link member 541b and the opening 512 of the substrate 51 interposed therebetween. It is assembled in a manner of locking with a locking piece 5155 (see FIG. 20) provided near the front of the bearing portion 515 on the right side. As a result, the link member 541b is in the standby state, and the rear link pin 55 and the front link pin 56 are formed in the bearing portions 515, 515 by the urging force of the return spring 540. It is retreating to be located in.

商品搬出装置5における第3払出機構503を構成するリンク機構54を図27に示し、リンク機構54は、鋼板製のリンク部材541cを備えている。なお、リンク部材541cにおいて、図25に示したリンク部材541aと同一の機能を有するものには同一の符号を付している。 The link mechanism 54 constituting the third payout mechanism 503 in the product unloading device 5 is shown in FIG. 27, and the link mechanism 54 includes a link member 541c made of a steel plate. In the link member 541c, those having the same function as the link member 541a shown in FIG. 25 are designated by the same reference numerals.

図27に示すように、リンク部材541cは、その前端に下方に折り曲げられて左方向に延在する連結部541c1と、その連結部541c1の左端側下方縁部から基板51の板面に近接する態様で前方側に折り曲げられた係合片5411とを設けている。この係合片5411の前端には上方に折り曲げられて後述するモータ駆動ユニット70Aの領域にまで延在して当該モータ駆動ユニット70Aのリンクレバー717の先端717bを前方から囲繞する態様で配設されるものである。 As shown in FIG. 27, the link member 541c is close to the plate surface of the substrate 51 from the connecting portion 541c1 that is bent downward at its front end and extends to the left and the left end side lower edge portion of the connecting portion 541c1. An engaging piece 5411 bent forward is provided in the embodiment. The front end of the engaging piece 5411 is arranged so as to be bent upward and extend to the region of the motor drive unit 70A described later and surround the tip 717b of the link lever 717 of the motor drive unit 70A from the front. It is a thing.

リンク部材541cの後端には、図23に示したリンク部材541aと同様に、その左右両端から下方に延在する支持脚5410が形成され、その支持脚5410に後部リンクピン55が貫通する貫通穴からなる支持部542、およびその支持部542の前方側に位置して前部リンクピン56が貫通する貫通穴からなる支持部543が形成されている。また、リンク部材541cの左縁の前方寄りには係止片545が設けられている。この係止片545はリンク部材541bを後退位置に向けて付勢する捻りコイルばねからなる復帰ばね540の他端を係止するものである。復帰ばね540の一端は、基板51の開口部513の両端に形成した形成した軸受部516,516のうちの左側の軸受部515の前方寄りに設けた係止片5165(図19参照)に係止されるものである。 Similar to the link member 541a shown in FIG. 23, a support leg 5410 extending downward from both left and right ends thereof is formed at the rear end of the link member 541c, and the rear link pin 55 penetrates the support leg 5410. A support portion 542 formed of a hole and a support portion 543 formed of a through hole located on the front side of the support portion 542 and through which the front link pin 56 penetrates are formed. Further, a locking piece 545 is provided near the front of the left edge of the link member 541c. The locking piece 545 locks the other end of the return spring 540, which is a torsion coil spring that urges the link member 541b toward the retracted position. One end of the return spring 540 is engaged with a locking piece 5165 (see FIG. 19) provided near the front of the left bearing portion 515 of the formed bearing portions 516 and 516 formed at both ends of the opening 513 of the substrate 51. It is something that will be stopped.

リンク部材541cの前方リンク部5411の平板状の基部の前端には、商品搬出装置5Aの領域にまで延在する態様で折り曲げ形成された係合片544が設けられている。この係合片544は、後述する商品搬出装置5Aにおけるモータ駆動ユニット70Aのリンクレバー717の先端717bを前方から覆う態様で配設されるものである。また、連結部541c1の左右方向の長さは、基板51に切り起こしにより形成した保持片51e5と保持片51e6との間の寸法よりも僅かに小さい長さに定められ、連結部541c1の左右両端が保持片51e5,51e6にガイドされる態様でリンク部材541cが前後にスライド移動するように構成されている。 At the front end of the flat plate-shaped base of the front link portion 5411 of the link member 541c, an engaging piece 544 formed by bending so as to extend to the region of the product unloading device 5A is provided. The engaging piece 544 is arranged so as to cover the tip 717b of the link lever 717 of the motor drive unit 70A in the product unloading device 5A, which will be described later, from the front. Further, the length of the connecting portion 541c1 in the left-right direction is set to be slightly smaller than the dimension between the holding piece 51e5 and the holding piece 51e6 formed by cutting and raising the substrate 51, and the left and right ends of the connecting portion 541c1. The link member 541c is configured to slide back and forth in a manner guided by the holding pieces 51e5 and 51e6.

このリンク部材541cに支持される後部リンクピン55および前部リンクピン56の基板51の開口部513を挟んで左右両側に設けた軸受部516,516への組み付けは、リンク部材541cを軸受部516,516の所定位置に配設したうえで、基板51の開口部513の両端に形成した形成した軸受部516,516のうちの左側の軸受部516の外側(左側)から後部リンクピン55および前部リンクピン56を長穴5161および長穴5162に差し込んでその軸受部516,516に形成した長穴5161,5161、5162,5162に跨るように装着する。これにより、後部リンクピン55がリンク部材541cの支持部(貫通穴)542に支持されるとともにペダル部材52の軸受部522に設けた異形孔523に挿通された状態で軸受部516,516に形成した長穴5161,5161に跨って保持され、前部リンクピン56がリンク部材541cの支持部(貫通穴)543に支持されるとともにストッパ部材52の左右一対のストッパ壁533に設けた凹状の摺動溝533aに挿通された状態で軸受部516,516に形成した長穴5162,5162に跨って保持される。 When assembling the rear link pin 55 and the front link pin 56 supported by the link member 541c to the bearing portions 516 and 516 provided on both the left and right sides of the substrate 51 of the substrate 51 with the opening 513 sandwiched therein, the link member 541c is assembled to the bearing portion 516. , 516, and then the rear link pin 55 and the front link pin 55 from the outside (left side) of the left bearing portion 516 of the formed bearing portions 516 and 516 formed at both ends of the opening 513 of the substrate 51 after being arranged at a predetermined position. The part link pin 56 is inserted into the long hole 5161 and the long hole 5162 and mounted so as to straddle the long holes 5161, 5161 and 5162, 5162 formed in the bearing portions 516 and 516. As a result, the rear link pin 55 is supported by the support portion (through hole) 542 of the link member 541c and is formed in the bearing portions 516 and 516 in a state of being inserted into the deformed hole 523 provided in the bearing portion 522 of the pedal member 52. It is held across the elongated holes 5161 and 5161, and the front link pin 56 is supported by the support portion (through hole) 543 of the link member 541c, and the concave slide provided on the pair of left and right stopper walls 533 of the stopper member 52. It is held across the elongated holes 5162 and 5162 formed in the bearing portions 516 and 516 while being inserted into the moving groove 533a.

前述したように、リンク部材541cを基板51に組み付けた状態で復帰ばね540を、リンク部材541cの係止片545と基板51の開口部513を挟んで左右両側に設けた軸受部516,516のうちの左側の軸受部516の前方寄りに設けた係止片5155(図20参照)と係止する態様で組み付ける。これによりリンク部材541cは待機状態で復帰ばね540の付勢力により後部リンクピン55および前部リンクピン56が軸受部516,516に形成した長穴5161,5161および長穴5162,5162の後端位置に位置するように後退しているものである。なお、商品収納通路43から退避位置に退避したストッパ部材53が復帰ばね540と干渉するのを避けるためにストッパ部材53の保持部532には切欠き532b(図23参照)が設けられている。 As described above, with the link member 541c assembled to the substrate 51, the return spring 540 is provided on the left and right sides of the bearing portions 516, 516 with the locking piece 545 of the link member 541c and the opening 513 of the substrate 51 interposed therebetween. It is assembled in a manner of locking with a locking piece 5155 (see FIG. 20) provided near the front of the bearing portion 516 on the left side. As a result, the link member 541c is in the standby state, and the rear end positions of the elongated holes 5161 and 5161 and the elongated holes 5162 and 5162 formed by the rear link pin 55 and the front link pin 56 in the bearing portions 516 and 516 due to the urging force of the return spring 540. It is retreating to be located in. The holding portion 532 of the stopper member 53 is provided with a notch 532b (see FIG. 23) in order to prevent the stopper member 53 retracted from the product storage passage 43 to the retracted position from interfering with the return spring 540.

なお、この第3払出機構503のリンク機構54と前述した第2払出機構502のリンク機構54とはクロスする態様で基板51に配されることから、この第3払出機構503のリンク部材541cを配したうえで、第2払出機構502のリンク部材541cが配されるものである。 Since the link mechanism 54 of the third payout mechanism 503 and the link mechanism 54 of the second payout mechanism 502 described above are arranged on the substrate 51 in a crossing manner, the link member 541c of the third payout mechanism 503 is used. After arranging, the link member 541c of the second payout mechanism 502 is arranged.

商品搬出装置5における第4払出機構504を構成するリンク機構54を図28に示し、リンク機構54は鋼板製のリンク部材541dを備えている。なお、リンク部材541dにおいて、図25に示したリンク部材541aと同一の機能を有するものには同一の符号を付している。 The link mechanism 54 constituting the fourth payout mechanism 504 in the product unloading device 5 is shown in FIG. 28, and the link mechanism 54 includes a steel plate link member 541d. In the link member 541d, those having the same function as the link member 541a shown in FIG. 25 are designated by the same reference numerals.

図28に示すように、リンク部材541dは、短冊状をなし、その前端には下方に折り曲げることにより基板51の板面に近接するとともに左側方向に延在する係合片5411を設けている。リンク部材541dの後端には、その左右両端から下方に延在する支持脚5410が形成され、その支持脚5410に後部リンクピン55が貫通する貫通穴からなる支持部542、およびその支持部542の前方側に位置して前部リンクピン56が貫通する貫通穴からなる支持部543が形成されている。前記支持部542は、後部リンクピン55を支持してリンク部材541dの前後方向への往復動作に連動して当該後部リンクピン55を前後方向に移動させるものである。前記支持部543は、前部リンクピン56を支持してリンク部材541dの前後方向への往復動作に連動して当該前部リンクピン56を前後方向に移動させるものである。そして、リンク部材541dの左縁の前方寄りには係止片545が設けられている。この係止片545はリンク部材541dを後退位置に向けて付勢する捻りコイルばねからなる復帰ばね540の他端を係止するものである。復帰ばね540の一端は、基板51の開口部514を挟んで左右両側に設けた軸受部516,516のうちの左側の軸受部516の前方寄りに設けた係止片5165(図19参照)に係止されるものである。 As shown in FIG. 28, the link member 541d has a strip shape, and an engaging piece 5411 is provided at the front end thereof so as to approach the plate surface of the substrate 51 and extend to the left side by bending downward. At the rear end of the link member 541d, support legs 5410 extending downward from both left and right ends thereof are formed, and a support portion 542 formed of a through hole through which the rear link pin 55 penetrates the support leg 5410, and a support portion 542 thereof. A support portion 543 is formed which is located on the front side of the vehicle and is formed of a through hole through which the front link pin 56 penetrates. The support portion 542 supports the rear link pin 55 and moves the rear link pin 55 in the front-rear direction in conjunction with the reciprocating operation of the link member 541d in the front-rear direction. The support portion 543 supports the front link pin 56 and moves the front link pin 56 in the front-rear direction in conjunction with a reciprocating motion of the link member 541d in the front-rear direction. A locking piece 545 is provided near the front of the left edge of the link member 541d. The locking piece 545 locks the other end of the return spring 540, which is a torsion coil spring that urges the link member 541d toward the retracted position. One end of the return spring 540 is attached to a locking piece 5165 (see FIG. 19) provided closer to the front of the left bearing portion 516 of the bearing portions 516 and 516 provided on both the left and right sides of the opening 514 of the substrate 51. It is locked.

リンク部材541dの前端に基板51の板面に近接する態様で設けた係合片5411は、その前部から上方に鉛直に折り曲げて形成した当接片5411aと、その後縁の左端寄りに方向に突出して形成したガイド片5411bとを有している。この係合片5411は、基板51の板面に近接する状態で当接片5411aが後述するモータ駆動ユニット70Bのリンクレバー717の先端717bを前方から覆う態様で配設されるものである。また、係合片5411の左右方向の長さは、基板51に切り起こしにより形成した保持片51e7と保持片51e8との間の寸法よりも僅かに小さい長さに定められ、係合片5411の左右両端が保持片51e7,51e8にガイドされる態様でリンク部材541dが前後にスライド移動するように構成されている。 The engaging piece 5411 provided at the front end of the link member 541d in a manner close to the plate surface of the substrate 51 is formed by vertically bending upward from the front portion of the engaging piece 5411a, and the contact piece 5411a and the trailing edge toward the left end. It has a guide piece 5411b formed so as to protrude. The engaging piece 5411 is arranged so that the contact piece 5411a covers the tip 717b of the link lever 717 of the motor drive unit 70B, which will be described later, from the front in a state of being close to the plate surface of the substrate 51. Further, the length of the engaging piece 5411 in the left-right direction is set to be slightly smaller than the dimension between the holding piece 51e7 and the holding piece 51e8 formed by cutting up on the substrate 51, and the engaging piece 5411 The link member 541d is configured to slide back and forth so that both the left and right ends are guided by the holding pieces 51e7 and 51e8.

このリンク部材541dに支持される後部リンクピン55および前部リンクピン56の基板51の開口部514を挟んで左右両側に設けた軸受部516,516への組み付けは、リンク部材541dを軸受部516,516の所定位置に配設した状態で、後部リンクピン55を、基板51の右フランジ51bに穿設した丸穴51b3(図19参照)の外側から差し込んで軸受部516,516に形成した長穴5161,5161に跨るように装着する一方、前部リンクピン56を、基板51の左フランジ51bに形成した丸穴51b4(図19参照)の外側から差し込んで軸受部516,516に形成した長穴5162,5162に跨るように装着する。これにより、後部リンクピン55がリンク部材541dの支持部(貫通穴)542に支持されるとともにペダル部材52の軸受部522に設けた異形孔523に挿通された状態で軸受部516,516に形成した長穴5161,5161に跨って保持され、前部リンクピン56がリンク部材541dの支持部(貫通穴)543に支持されるとともにストッパ部材52の左右一対のストッパ壁533に設けた凹状の摺動溝533aに挿通された状態で軸受部516,516に形成した長穴5162,5162に跨って保持される。 When assembling the rear link pin 55 supported by the link member 541d and the front link pin 56 to the bearing portions 516 and 516 provided on both the left and right sides of the substrate 51 of the substrate 51 with the opening 514 sandwiched between the link member 541d , 516, the rear link pin 55 is inserted from the outside of the round hole 51b3 (see FIG. 19) formed in the right flange 51b of the substrate 51 to be formed in the bearing portions 516 and 516. The length formed in the bearing portions 516, 516 by inserting the front link pin 56 from the outside of the round hole 51b4 (see FIG. 19) formed in the left flange 51b of the substrate 51 while mounting so as to straddle the holes 5161 and 5161. It is mounted so as to straddle the holes 5162 and 5162. As a result, the rear link pin 55 is supported by the support portion (through hole) 542 of the link member 541d and formed in the bearing portions 516 and 516 in a state of being inserted into the deformed hole 523 provided in the bearing portion 522 of the pedal member 52. It is held across the elongated holes 5161 and 5161, and the front link pin 56 is supported by the support portion (through hole) 543 of the link member 541d, and the concave slide provided on the pair of left and right stopper walls 533 of the stopper member 52. It is held across the elongated holes 5162 and 5162 formed in the bearing portions 516 and 516 while being inserted into the moving groove 533a.

前述したように、リンク部材541dを基板51に組み付けた状態で復帰ばね540を、リンク部材541dの係止片545と基板51の開口部514を挟んで左右両側に設けた軸受部516,516のうちの左側の軸受部516の前方寄りに設けた係止片5155(図20参照)と係止する態様で組み付ける。これによりリンク部材541dは待機状態で復帰ばね540の付勢力により後部リンクピン55および前部リンクピン56が軸受部516,516に形成した長穴5161,5161および長穴5162,5162の後端位置に位置するように後退しているものである。 As described above, with the link member 541d assembled to the substrate 51, the return spring 540 is provided on the left and right sides of the bearing portions 516 and 516 with the locking piece 545 of the link member 541d and the opening 514 of the substrate 51 interposed therebetween. It is assembled in a manner of locking with a locking piece 5155 (see FIG. 20) provided near the front of the bearing portion 516 on the left side. As a result, the link member 541d is in the standby state, and the rear end positions of the elongated holes 5161 and 5161 and the elongated holes 5162 and 5162 formed by the rear link pin 55 and the front link pin 56 in the bearing portions 516 and 516 due to the urging force of the return spring 540. It is retreating to be located in.

前記商品搬出装置5に搭載されたモータ駆動ユニット70A,70B(図15、図17参照)は、同一構成になるので、モータ駆動ユニット70Aを中心に説明する。モータ駆動ユニット70Aは、商品選択ボタンの操作に基づく販売指令によりユニットケース71に内蔵したモータ711(図29参照)が正転若しくは逆転駆動され、このモータ711の正転によりリンクレバー717(図17も参照)を介して第3払出機構503のリンク機構54(リンク部材541c)を前進させ、モータ711の逆転によりリンクレバー718(図17も参照)を介して第1払出機構501のリンク機構54(リンク部材541a)を前進させるものである。 Since the motor drive units 70A and 70B (see FIGS. 15 and 17) mounted on the product unloading device 5 have the same configuration, the motor drive unit 70A will be mainly described. In the motor drive unit 70A, the motor 711 (see FIG. 29) built in the unit case 71 is driven in the forward or reverse direction by a sales command based on the operation of the product selection button, and the link lever 717 (FIG. 17) is driven by the forward rotation of the motor 711. The link mechanism 54 (link member 541c) of the third payout mechanism 503 is advanced via (see also), and the link mechanism 54 of the first payout mechanism 501 is advanced via the link lever 718 (see also FIG. 17) by reversing the motor 711. (Link member 541a) is advanced.

モータ駆動ユニット70Aのユニットケース71は、ベース部材とカバー部材とからなり、その内部に、図29に示すような、モータ711、歯車伝達機構714、出力歯車715、キャリアスイッチ716、リンクレバー717,718などを内蔵している。このモータ駆動ユニット70Aは、ユニットケース71におけるベース部材の頭部に設けた爪片71a,71a(図16参照)を基板51の前フランジ1cの近傍に切り起こしにより形成した係止片51dに設けた穴51d1,51d1(図18参照)に係止する一方、ユニットケース71におけるベース部材の背面に突出形成した係止突起(不図示)を基板51の板面に穿設した穴51d2(図17参照)などに嵌合させることにより基板51に組付けられる。 The unit case 71 of the motor drive unit 70A is composed of a base member and a cover member, and inside the base member and a cover member, a motor 711, a gear transmission mechanism 714, an output gear 715, a carrier switch 716, and a link lever 717, as shown in FIG. It has a built-in 718 and so on. The motor drive unit 70A is provided on a locking piece 51d formed by cutting up claw pieces 71a, 71a (see FIG. 16) provided on the head of a base member in the unit case 71 in the vicinity of the front flange 1c of the substrate 51. Holes 51d2 (FIG. 17) in which locking projections (not shown) protruding from the back surface of the base member in the unit case 71 are bored in the plate surface of the substrate 51 while being locked in the holes 51d1 and 51d1 (see FIG. 18). It is assembled to the substrate 51 by fitting it to the substrate 51 or the like.

モータ駆動ユニット70Aのユニットケース71に内蔵したモータ711は、販売指令に応じて正転若しくは逆転する正逆回転可能な直流モータであり、ユニットケース71のベース部材に保持されている。 The motor 711 built in the unit case 71 of the motor drive unit 70A is a DC motor capable of forward / reverse rotation in the forward or reverse direction according to a sales command, and is held by a base member of the unit case 71.

歯車伝達機構714は、ウオーム712aとウオームホイール712bからなるウオーム歯車712および中間歯車713を備えて構成されている。ウオーム歯車712のウオーム712aは、モータ711の出力軸に取り付けられている。ウオームホイール712bは、ウオーム712aに噛み合う第1ホイールと、中間歯車713に噛み合う第2ホイールとが前後方向に段違いに設けられている。中間歯車713は、前記ウオームホイール712bの第2ホイールと噛み合う第1中間歯車と、出力歯車715に噛み合う第2中間歯車とが前後方向に段違いに設けられている。ウオーム歯車712および中間歯車713は、ユニットケース71のベース部材とカバー部材の軸受部により回転可能に配設される。 The gear transmission mechanism 714 includes a worm gear 712 including a worm 712a and a worm wheel 712b, and an intermediate gear 713. The worm 712a of the worm gear 712 is attached to the output shaft of the motor 711. The worm wheel 712b is provided with a first wheel that meshes with the worm 712a and a second wheel that meshes with the intermediate gear 713 in a stepwise manner in the front-rear direction. The intermediate gear 713 is provided with a first intermediate gear that meshes with the second wheel of the worm wheel 712b and a second intermediate gear that meshes with the output gear 715 in a stepwise manner in the front-rear direction. The worm gear 712 and the intermediate gear 713 are rotatably arranged by the bearing portions of the base member and the cover member of the unit case 71.

前記出力歯車715は、中間歯車713の第2中間歯車と噛み合うホイールとして形成され、その一方の板面(上面)にカム突起7151が形成され、他方の板面(上部)にキャリアスイッチ716を制御する押圧片(図27では見えない)が形成されている。カム突起7151は、出力歯車715の板面から離隔する方向に突出する態様で円弧状に形成されている。このカム突起7151は、その円弧状の長さがリンク機構54のリンク部材541を前進させた後に所定時間の間その状態を保持するのに十分な長さとなるように形成されている。キャリアスイッチ716を制御する押圧片は、カム突起7151の反対側の板面に位置して板面から離隔する方向に突出する態様で略V字状に形成されており、図27の(a)の状態でキャリアスイッチ716の接触子を押圧するように形成されている。この出力歯車715は、ユニットケース71のベース部材とカバー部材の軸受部により回転可能に配設される。 The output gear 715 is formed as a wheel that meshes with the second intermediate gear of the intermediate gear 713, a cam protrusion 7151 is formed on one plate surface (upper surface), and a carrier switch 716 is controlled on the other plate surface (upper surface). A pressing piece (not visible in FIG. 27) is formed. The cam protrusion 7151 is formed in an arc shape so as to project in a direction away from the plate surface of the output gear 715. The cam protrusion 7151 is formed so that its arcuate length is long enough to hold the state for a predetermined time after advancing the link member 541 of the link mechanism 54. The pressing piece for controlling the carrier switch 716 is formed in a substantially V shape so as to be located on the plate surface opposite to the cam protrusion 7151 and project in a direction away from the plate surface, and is formed in a substantially V shape (a) of FIG. It is formed so as to press the contactor of the carrier switch 716 in the state of. The output gear 715 is rotatably arranged by the bearing portion of the base member and the cover member of the unit case 71.

キャリアスイッチ716は、いわゆる押しボタンスイッチであり、接触子(不図示)を備えている。このキャリアスイッチ716は、出力歯車715よりも僅かに上方域にユニットケース71のベース部材に保持された状態で配設されている。このキャリアスイッチ716は、接触子が出力歯車715の押圧片に押圧されるとオン状態となる一方、出力歯車715の押圧片が離れて接触子が押圧されない場合にはオフ状態となるものであり、販売指令により駆動されたモータ711を、出力歯車715が一回転するように制御するためのものである。 The carrier switch 716 is a so-called push button switch and includes a contactor (not shown). The carrier switch 716 is arranged slightly above the output gear 715 in a state of being held by the base member of the unit case 71. The carrier switch 716 is turned on when the contactor is pressed against the pressing piece of the output gear 715, and is turned off when the pressing piece of the output gear 715 is separated and the contactor is not pressed. , The motor 711 driven by the sales command is controlled so that the output gear 715 makes one rotation.

リンクレバー717,718は樹脂成型品になる。リンクレバー717は、商品搬出装置5Bにおける払出機構503のリンク機構54を駆動するためのものである。リンクレバー717は、基部717aを貫通するユニットケース71のカバー部材に設けたレバー軸710に回転可能に軸支されている。リンクレバー717の先端部717bは、ユニットケース71のベース部材とカバー部材を切り欠いて形成した開口(不図示)から外部に突出する態様で上方に湾曲したフック状を成している。リンクレバー717の基部717aに設けられた係止片717cは、基部717aの後方側より後方に向けて延在する弾性変形可能な板状の弾性部材である。係止片717cは、その自由端がカバー部材に設けた突出片(不図示)に当接することにより常態におけるリンクレバー717の待機姿勢を、図27の(a)に示す位置に決めている。リンクレバー718はリンクレバー717と同一の部品からなり、リンクレバー717を反転させたものであり、商品搬出装置5Aにおける払出機構501のリンク機構54を駆動するためのものであり、基部718aを貫通するユニットケース71のカバー部材に設けたレバー軸710に回転可能に軸支され、フック状の先端部718bおよび弾性変形可能な板状の弾性部材からなる係止片718cを備えている。このモータ駆動ユニット70Aにより払出機構501のリンク機構54を駆動して商品の払い出しを行う動作については後述する。 The link levers 717 and 718 are resin molded products. The link lever 717 is for driving the link mechanism 54 of the payout mechanism 503 in the product unloading device 5B. The link lever 717 is rotatably supported by a lever shaft 710 provided on a cover member of the unit case 71 penetrating the base portion 717a. The tip portion 717b of the link lever 717 has a hook shape that is curved upward so as to project outward from an opening (not shown) formed by cutting out the base member and the cover member of the unit case 71. The locking piece 717c provided on the base portion 717a of the link lever 717 is an elastically deformable plate-shaped elastic member extending rearward from the rear side of the base portion 717a. The free end of the locking piece 717c abuts on a protruding piece (not shown) provided on the cover member, so that the standby posture of the link lever 717 in the normal state is determined at the position shown in FIG. 27 (a). The link lever 718 is made of the same parts as the link lever 717, is the inverted link lever 717, and is for driving the link mechanism 54 of the payout mechanism 501 in the product unloading device 5A, and penetrates the base 718a. It is rotatably supported by a lever shaft 710 provided on the cover member of the unit case 71, and includes a hook-shaped tip portion 718b and a locking piece 718c composed of an elastically deformable plate-shaped elastic member. The operation of driving the link mechanism 54 of the payout mechanism 501 by the motor drive unit 70A to pay out the product will be described later.

モータ駆動ユニット70Bもモータ駆動ユニット70Aと同一構成になり、ここでは重複する説明は省略するが、モータ駆動ユニット70Bのリンクレバー717が、商品搬出装置5における第4払出機構504のリンク機構54(リンク部材541d)を駆動し、リンクレバー718が、商品搬出装置5における第2払出機構502のリンク機構54(リンク部材541c)を駆動する。 The motor drive unit 70B also has the same configuration as the motor drive unit 70A, and although overlapping description is omitted here, the link lever 717 of the motor drive unit 70B is the link mechanism 54 of the fourth payout mechanism 504 in the product unloading device 5. The link member 541d) is driven, and the link lever 718 drives the link mechanism 54 (link member 541c) of the second payout mechanism 502 in the product unloading device 5.

商品搬出装置5の第1〜第4払出機構501〜504に対応してそれぞれ設けられた第1〜第4売切検出機構81〜84は、図30に示すように、検出レバー801a〜801dと売切検出スイッチ802a〜802dとからなる。 As shown in FIG. 30, the first to fourth sold-out detection mechanisms 81 to 84 provided corresponding to the first to fourth payout mechanisms 501 to 504 of the product unloading device 5 are the detection levers 801a to 801d. It includes sold-out detection switches 802a to 802d.

検出レバー801aは、基端部8011の左右両端から下方に折り曲げられた左右一対の係止片8012と、基端部8011の後端から後方に突出して形成された左右一対のカール状の当接部8013と、基端部8011から前方に延在して先端にフック状の作動片8014を備えた薄板鋼板製になる。左右一対の係止片8012には互いに対向する方向に押出し形成されたボス8012aを備えている。売切検出スイッチ802aは、基板51に敷設される後述する配線ガイド90に係止固定されるマイクロスイッチからなる。 The detection lever 801a is a pair of left and right locking pieces 8012 bent downward from both left and right ends of the base end portion 8011 and a pair of left and right curl-shaped contact formed so as to project rearward from the rear end of the base end portion 8011. It is made of a thin steel plate extending forward from the base end portion 8013 and having a hook-shaped working piece 8014 at the tip thereof. The pair of left and right locking pieces 8012 are provided with bosses 8012a formed by extruding in directions facing each other. The sold-out detection switch 802a includes a micro switch that is locked and fixed to a wiring guide 90 that is laid on the substrate 51 and will be described later.

前記検出レバー801aは、基板51の開口部511を挟んで左右両側に設けた軸受部515,515に装着される。この場合、検出レバー801aの左右一対の係止片8012が前記軸受部515,515を跨ぐ態様で基端部8011を軸受部515,515に被せるように配設される。その際、左右一対の係止片8012,8012に設けたボス8012a,8012aが軸受部515,515に設けた前後方向に延在する長穴5154,5154(図19,図20参照)に嵌め込まれるとともに左右一対のカール状の当接部8013,8013が前記軸受部515,515に組み付けられたペダル部材52の2個の軸受部522(図21、図32参照)の前方位置であってその回動軌跡上に位置するように構成されている。前記ボス8012a,8012aの径は、長穴5154,5154の溝幅よりも小さく形成されており、ボス8012a,8012aが長穴5154,5154に遊嵌されるように構成されている。これにより、検出レバー801aはボス8012aが遊嵌された長穴5154に沿って前後方向にスライド移動可能である。そして、この検出レバー801aの前後方向へのスライド移動によって検出レバー801aの作動片8014が配線ガイド90(後述)に係止固定された売切検出スイッチ802aの接触子8021を操作するように構成されている。 The detection lever 801a is mounted on bearing portions 515 and 515 provided on both left and right sides of the substrate 51 with the opening 511 interposed therebetween. In this case, a pair of left and right locking pieces 8012 of the detection lever 801a are arranged so as to cover the bearing portions 515 and 515 with the base end portion 8011 straddling the bearing portions 515 and 515. At that time, the bosses 8012a and 8012a provided on the pair of left and right locking pieces 8012 and 8012 are fitted into the elongated holes 5154 and 5154 (see FIGS. 19 and 20) provided on the bearing portions 515 and 515 and extending in the front-rear direction. A pair of left and right curled contact portions 8013 and 8013 are located in front of the two bearing portions 522 (see FIGS. 21 and 32) of the pedal member 52 assembled to the bearing portions 515 and 515. It is configured to be located on the motion trajectory. The diameters of the bosses 8012a and 8012a are formed to be smaller than the groove width of the elongated holes 5154 and 5154, and the bosses 8012a and 8012a are configured to be loosely fitted in the elongated holes 5154 and 5154. As a result, the detection lever 801a can slide and move in the front-rear direction along the elongated hole 5154 in which the boss 8012a is loosely fitted. Then, the operating piece 8014 of the detection lever 801a is configured to operate the contact 8021 of the sold-out detection switch 802a which is locked and fixed to the wiring guide 90 (described later) by the sliding movement of the detection lever 801a in the front-rear direction. ing.

前記検出レバー801aの左右一対のカール状の当接部8013,8013は、軸受部515,515に組み付けられたペダル部材52の軸受部522(図21、図32参照)の前方位置であってその回動軌跡上に位置し、ペダル部材52の回動することによって軸受部522が当接するように構成されている。この場合、検出レバー801aを後方に向けて付勢する付勢ばね800(図17参照)により検出レバー801aの左右一対のカール状の当接部8013,8013がペダル部材52の軸受部522に常時当接している。したがって、前記検出レバー801aは、ペダル部材52の商品収納通路43への突出および商品収納通路43からの退避移動に応じて前後方向にスライド移動するものである。なお、検出レバー801aの前端寄りの板面には前後方向に延在するガイド穴8015が形成されており、このガイド穴8015に後述する配線ガイド90のガイド突起911が嵌入するように構成されている。 The pair of left and right curled contact portions 8013, 8013 of the detection lever 801a are located in front of the bearing portions 522 (see FIGS. 21 and 32) of the pedal member 52 assembled to the bearing portions 515 and 515. It is located on the rotation locus and is configured so that the bearing portion 522 abuts when the pedal member 52 rotates. In this case, a pair of left and right curled contact portions 8013 and 8013 of the detection lever 801a are constantly attached to the bearing portion 522 of the pedal member 52 by the urging spring 800 (see FIG. 17) that urges the detection lever 801a toward the rear. It is in contact. Therefore, the detection lever 801a slides in the front-rear direction in response to the protrusion of the pedal member 52 into the product storage passage 43 and the retracting movement from the product storage passage 43. A guide hole 8015 extending in the front-rear direction is formed on the plate surface of the detection lever 801a near the front end, and the guide protrusion 911 of the wiring guide 90 described later is fitted into the guide hole 8015. There is.

売切検出スイッチ802aは、検出レバー801aを介してペダル部材52が商品収納通路43に最大開度に突出した状態を検知するように構成されている。すなわち、ペダル部材52は不図示の捻りコイルばねの弾性付勢力によって突出位置に向けて常に付勢されており、商品を保持していない状態で商品収納通路43に突出した際に最大開度となり、最大開度に突出したペダル部材52に商品が当接すると商品収納通路43から退避する方向に僅かに回動した後、ペダル部材52の軸受部522における異形孔523のロック溝部523aが、後退位置に後退した後部リンクピン55と当接してペダル部材52を商品収納通路43に突出した状態にロックし、ロック状態におけるペダル部材52の開度が最大開度よりも小さくなるように構成されている。このように、ペダル部材52が商品収納通路43に最大開度に突出した状態でペダル部材52の軸受部522が軸受部515,515の後端側に位置しており、これに伴って検出レバー801aが最も後方にスライド移動し、最大開度に突出したペダル部材52に販売商品が当接して当該ペダル部材52が商品収納通路43から退避する方向に僅かに回動した後ロックされると検出レバー801aが所定寸法だけ前方にスライド移動する。売切検出スイッチ802aは、検出レバー801aが最も後方にスライド移動した場合に検出レバー801aの作動片8014により売切検出スイッチ802aの接触子8021が押圧されてオン状態となり、検出レバー801aが最も後方に移動した状態から所定寸法だけ前方に移動すると検出レバー801aの作動片8014による売切検出スイッチ802aの接触子8021への押圧が解除されてオフ状態となる。このように、売切検出スイッチ802aは、検出レバー801aを介してペダル部材52が商品収納通路43に最大開度に突出した状態を検知するように構成されている。なお、売切検出スイッチ802aからの信号を処理する制御部では、売切検出スイッチ802aからのオン信号が所定時間継続した場合に「売切れ」として判断する処理が行われる。 The sold-out detection switch 802a is configured to detect a state in which the pedal member 52 protrudes into the product storage passage 43 to the maximum opening degree via the detection lever 801a. That is, the pedal member 52 is always urged toward the protruding position by the elastic urging force of the torsion coil spring (not shown), and the maximum opening degree is reached when the pedal member 52 protrudes into the product storage passage 43 without holding the product. When the product comes into contact with the pedal member 52 protruding to the maximum opening degree, the lock groove portion 523a of the deformed hole 523 in the bearing portion 522 of the pedal member 52 retracts after slightly rotating in the direction of retracting from the product storage passage 43. The pedal member 52 is locked in a state of being in contact with the rear link pin 55 retracted to the position so as to protrude into the product storage passage 43, and the opening degree of the pedal member 52 in the locked state is configured to be smaller than the maximum opening degree. There is. As described above, the bearing portion 522 of the pedal member 52 is located on the rear end side of the bearing portions 515 and 515 in a state where the pedal member 52 protrudes into the product storage passage 43 to the maximum opening degree, and the detection lever is accompanied by this. It is detected that the 801a slides to the rearmost position, the product for sale comes into contact with the pedal member 52 protruding to the maximum opening, the pedal member 52 slightly rotates in the direction of retracting from the product storage passage 43, and then is locked. The lever 801a slides forward by a predetermined dimension. When the detection lever 801a slides to the rearmost position, the sold-out detection switch 802a is turned on by pressing the contact 8021 of the sold-out detection switch 802a by the operating piece 8014 of the detection lever 801a, and the detection lever 801a is the rearmost position. When the operation piece 8014 of the detection lever 801a moves forward by a predetermined dimension from the state of moving to, the pressure on the contact 8021 of the sold-out detection switch 802a by the operating piece 8014 of the detection lever 801a is released, and the state becomes off. As described above, the sold-out detection switch 802a is configured to detect the state in which the pedal member 52 protrudes into the product storage passage 43 to the maximum opening degree via the detection lever 801a. The control unit that processes the signal from the sold-out detection switch 802a performs a process of determining "sold out" when the on-signal from the sold-out detection switch 802a continues for a predetermined time.

商品搬出装置5の第2〜第4払出機構502〜504に対応する売切検出機構82〜84における検出レバー801b〜801dと売切検出スイッチ802b〜802dは、第1払出機構501に対応する売切検出機構81における検出レバー801aと売切検出スイッチ802aと同一機能を有するものであり、同一機能を有するものには同一の符号を付して重複する説明を割愛する。なお、検出レバー801bは基板51の開口部512を挟んで左右両側に設けた軸受部515,515に、その左右一対の係止片8012に設けたボス8012aが前記軸受部515,515に設けた前後方向に延在する長穴5154,5154に嵌め込まれて前後方向にスライド移動自在な態様で装着され、また、検出レバー801cは基板51の開口部513を挟んで左右両側に設けた軸受部516,516に、その左右一対の係止片8012に設けたボス8012aが前記軸受部516,516に設けた前後方向に延在する長穴5164,5164に嵌め込まれて前後方向にスライド移動自在な態様で装着され、また、検出レバー801dは基板51の開口部514を挟んで左右両側に設けた軸受部516,516に、その左右一対の係止片8012に設けたボス8012aが前記軸受部516,516に設けた前後方向に延在する長穴5164,5164に嵌め込まれて前後方向にスライド移動自在な態様で装着されるものである。 The detection levers 801b to 801d and the sold-out detection switches 802b to 802d in the sold-out detection mechanisms 82 to 84 corresponding to the second to fourth payout mechanisms 502 to 504 of the product unloading device 5 are sold corresponding to the first payout mechanism 501. The detection lever 801a and the sold-out detection switch 802a in the off detection mechanism 81 have the same function, and those having the same function are designated by the same reference numerals and duplicated description will be omitted. The detection lever 801b is provided in bearing portions 515 and 515 provided on both left and right sides of the opening 512 of the substrate 51, and bosses 8012a provided in the pair of left and right locking pieces 8012 are provided in the bearing portions 515 and 515. The detection levers 801c are fitted into elongated holes 5154 and 5154 extending in the front-rear direction and slidably movable in the front-rear direction, and the detection levers 801c are provided on both left and right sides of the opening 513 of the substrate 51. , 516, the boss 8012a provided on the pair of left and right locking pieces 8012 is fitted into the elongated holes 5164 and 5164 provided in the bearing portions 516 and 516 in the front-rear direction so as to be slidable in the front-rear direction. The detection lever 801d is attached to bearing portions 516, 516 provided on both left and right sides of the opening 514 of the substrate 51, and bosses 8012a provided on the pair of left and right locking pieces 8012 are attached to the bearing portions 516. It is fitted in an elongated hole 5164, 5164 extending in the front-rear direction provided in 516, and is mounted in a manner capable of sliding in the front-rear direction.

商品搬出装置5に備えられた配線ガイド90を図31に示す。この配線ガイド90は、電装品(前記売切検出スイッチ802a〜802d)などが装着される装着部91〜93と、基板51の前フランジ51cから前方に折り曲げて形成したピン係止片51c1を覆う態様の横断面コ字状のハーネス保持部95とを備えた合成樹脂製になる。装着部91〜93は、モータ駆動ユニット70A,70Bとの干渉を避けて形成され、それぞれの装着部91〜93には電装品装着部90a,90b,90c,90dと、ばね装着部90e1,90e2,90e3,90e4がそれぞれ設けられている。電装品装着部90a,90b,90c,90dには、第1〜第4売切検出機構81〜84のそれぞれの売切検出スイッチ802a(マイクロスイッチ)が装着(図15参照)され、ばね装着部90e1,90e2,90e3,90e4には、第1〜第4売切検出機構81〜84の検出レバー801b〜801dを後方に向けて付勢する付勢ばね800が装着(図17参照)される。また、装着部91の後壁の上端にはガイド突起911が突出形成され、装着部92の後壁の上端にはガイド突起912,913が突出形成され、装着部93の後壁の上端にはガイド突起914が突出形成されている。ハーネス保持部95の前壁にはハーネスを保持する可撓性を有する保持片95aが左右方向に複数分散して形成されている。 FIG. 31 shows a wiring guide 90 provided in the product unloading device 5. The wiring guide 90 covers the mounting portions 91 to 93 on which the electrical components (the sold-out detection switches 802a to 802d) and the like are mounted, and the pin locking piece 51c1 formed by bending forward from the front flange 51c of the substrate 51. It is made of a synthetic resin provided with a harness holding portion 95 having a U-shaped cross section. The mounting portions 91 to 93 are formed so as to avoid interference with the motor drive units 70A and 70B, and the mounting portions 91 to 93 have electrical component mounting portions 90a, 90b, 90c, 90d and spring mounting portions 90e1, 90e2. , 90e3 and 90e4 are provided respectively. The sold-out detection switches 802a (microswitches) of the first to fourth sold-out detection mechanisms 81 to 84 are mounted on the electrical component mounting portions 90a, 90b, 90c, and 90d (see FIG. 15), and the spring mounting portions are mounted. The 90e1, 90e2, 90e3, 90e4 are equipped with an urging spring 800 that urges the detection levers 801b to 801d of the first to fourth sold-out detection mechanisms 81 to 84 toward the rear (see FIG. 17). Further, a guide protrusion 911 is formed to protrude from the upper end of the rear wall of the mounting portion 91, guide protrusions 912 and 913 are formed to protrude from the upper end of the rear wall of the mounting portion 92, and a guide protrusion 912 and 913 are formed to protrude from the upper end of the rear wall of the mounting portion 93. The guide protrusion 914 is formed as a protrusion. A plurality of flexible holding pieces 95a for holding the harness are formed on the front wall of the harness holding portion 95 in the left-right direction.

この配線ガイド90は、ハーネス保持部95を、基板51の前フランジ51cから前方に折り曲げて形成したピン係止片51c1に対峙させるとともに装着部91と装着部92、および装着部92と装着部93をそれぞれ連通する連通部94,94を、基板51の前フランジ1cとこの前フランジ1cの近傍に切り起こしにより形成した係止片51d,51dとの間に対峙させたうえで配線ガイド90を基板51に押し込むことにより装着され、その際、装着部91〜93の後壁に後方に向けて突出する楕円状のボス(不図示)を、基板51の板面に形成した係合突起51d4(図19参照)の楕円状の穴に嵌合させて脱落を防止している。 The wiring guide 90 confronts the pin locking piece 51c1 formed by bending the harness holding portion 95 forward from the front flange 51c of the substrate 51, and the mounting portion 91 and the mounting portion 92, and the mounting portion 92 and the mounting portion 93. The communication portions 94 and 94, which communicate with each other, face each other between the front flange 1c of the substrate 51 and the locking pieces 51d and 51d formed by cutting up in the vicinity of the front flange 1c, and then the wiring guide 90 is connected to the substrate. It is mounted by pushing it into the 51, and at that time, an elliptical boss (not shown) protruding rearward from the rear wall of the mounting portions 91 to 93 is formed on the plate surface of the substrate 51 with an engaging protrusion 51d4 (FIG. It is fitted in the elliptical hole (see 19) to prevent it from falling off.

このように基板51に装着された配線ガイド90における装着部91〜93に設けたガイド突起911〜914には、第1〜第4売切検出機構81〜84のそれぞれの検出レバー801a〜801dに設けたガイド穴8015が嵌め込まれ、検出レバー801a〜801dの安定した前後方向へのスライド移動を保障する。そして、装着部91〜93に装着された売切検出スイッチ802a〜802d(マイクロスイッチ)のそれぞれのハーネスは配線ガイド90の開口部90f(および不図示の基板51の開口)を通してハーネス保持部95の前方で束ねられ、この束ねられたハーネスが保持片95aで保持されて左右一対のラック側板41,41の何れか一方(この例では左側のラック側板41)の外側に引き出されるように引き回される。なお、配線ガイド90のハーネス保持部95は、モータ駆動ユニット70A,70Bのモータ711、キャリアスイッチ716(図29参照)のハーネスをも保持するように構成され、モータ駆動ユニット70A,70Bのモータ711、キャリアスイッチ716(図27参照)のハーネスが基板51の板面に設けた穴を介してハーネス保持部95の前方に引き回されて束ねられ、この束ねられたハーネスが保持片95aで保持されて左右一対のラック側板41,41の何れか一方(この例では左側のラック側板41)の外側に引き出されるように引き回される。 The guide protrusions 911 to 914 provided on the mounting portions 91 to 93 of the wiring guide 90 mounted on the substrate 51 in this way are attached to the detection levers 801a to 801d of the first to fourth sold-out detection mechanisms 81 to 84, respectively. The provided guide hole 8015 is fitted to ensure stable sliding movement of the detection levers 801a to 801d in the front-rear direction. Then, the harnesses of the sold-out detection switches 802a to 802d (microswitches) mounted on the mounting portions 91 to 93 pass through the opening 90f of the wiring guide 90 (and the opening of the substrate 51 (not shown)) of the harness holding portion 95. It is bundled in the front, and the bundled harness is held by the holding piece 95a and routed so as to be pulled out to the outside of either one of the pair of left and right rack side plates 41 and 41 (in this example, the left rack side plate 41). To. The harness holding portion 95 of the wiring guide 90 is configured to also hold the harnesses of the motors 711 of the motor drive units 70A and 70B and the carrier switch 716 (see FIG. 29), and the motors 711 of the motor drive units 70A and 70B. , The harness of the carrier switch 716 (see FIG. 27) is routed and bundled in front of the harness holding portion 95 through a hole provided in the plate surface of the substrate 51, and the bundled harness is held by the holding piece 95a. It is routed so as to be pulled out to the outside of either one of the pair of left and right rack side plates 41 and 41 (in this example, the left rack side plate 41).

次に、モータ駆動ユニット70Aにより、商品搬出装置5における第1払出機構501のリンク機構54を駆動して商品の払い出しを行う動作について図32〜図34を用いて説明する。図32〜図34は商品搬出装置5における第1払出機構の要部を示し、図32は商品ローディング前の動作説明図、図33は販売待機状態の動作説明図、図34は販売時の動作説明図である。 Next, the operation of driving the link mechanism 54 of the first payout mechanism 501 in the merchandise unloading device 5 by the motor drive unit 70A to pay out the merchandise will be described with reference to FIGS. 32 to 34. 32 to 34 show the main parts of the first payout mechanism in the product unloading device 5, FIG. 32 is an operation explanatory view before the product loading, FIG. 33 is an operation explanatory diagram in the sales standby state, and FIG. 34 is an operation at the time of sale. It is explanatory drawing.

図32に示すように、第1払出機構501のペダル部材52は、商品がローディングされる前の状態では商品収納通路43に突出し、ストッパ部材53が商品収納通路43から退避している。この場合、モータ駆動ユニット70Aの出力歯車715のカム突起7151が最も前方に位置している(図27の(a)参照)。また、出力歯車715の背面に設けたキャリアスイッチ716用の押圧片が最も前方に位置してキャリアスイッチ716がオン状態にある。これにより、モータ711が停止しており、リンクレバー718の先端部718bがリンク部材541aの前端に設けられた係合片544から後方に離隔した位置にある(図17も参照)。このため、リンク部材541aは復帰ばね540の付勢力により後退した状態にある。また、ペダル部材52は、捻りコイルばね(不図示)の付勢力によって商品収納通路43に最大開度に開いた突出位置にある。ペダル部材52は、ペダル部材52の軸受部522に設けた異形孔523に挿通された後部リンクピン55との協働により動作範囲が規制され、ペダル部材52が最大開度以上に開くことはない。このように、ペダル部材52が最大開度に開いた状態ではペダル部材52の軸受部522が軸受部515,515の後端側に位置しており、これに伴って第1売切検出機構81の検出レバー801aが最も後方にスライド移動して売切検出スイッチ802aがオン状態となっている。一方、ストッパ部材53は、ストッパ壁533に形成した凹状の摺動溝533aに、後退位置に移動した前部リンクピン56を受容して商品収納通路43から退避した退避位置に維持されている。 As shown in FIG. 32, the pedal member 52 of the first payout mechanism 501 protrudes into the product storage passage 43 before the product is loaded, and the stopper member 53 is retracted from the product storage passage 43. In this case, the cam protrusion 7151 of the output gear 715 of the motor drive unit 70A is located at the frontmost position (see (a) of FIG. 27). Further, the pressing piece for the carrier switch 716 provided on the back surface of the output gear 715 is located at the foremost position, and the carrier switch 716 is in the ON state. As a result, the motor 711 is stopped, and the tip end portion 718b of the link lever 718 is located at a position separated rearward from the engaging piece 544 provided at the front end of the link member 541a (see also FIG. 17). Therefore, the link member 541a is in a retracted state due to the urging force of the return spring 540. Further, the pedal member 52 is in a protruding position opened to the maximum opening degree in the product storage passage 43 by the urging force of the torsion coil spring (not shown). The operating range of the pedal member 52 is restricted by the cooperation with the rear link pin 55 inserted into the deformed hole 523 provided in the bearing portion 522 of the pedal member 52, and the pedal member 52 does not open more than the maximum opening degree. .. As described above, when the pedal member 52 is opened to the maximum opening degree, the bearing portion 522 of the pedal member 52 is located on the rear end side of the bearing portions 515 and 515, and the first sold-out detection mechanism 81 is accompanied by this. The detection lever 801a of the above slides to the rearmost position, and the sold-out detection switch 802a is in the ON state. On the other hand, the stopper member 53 receives the front link pin 56 that has moved to the retracted position in the concave sliding groove 533a formed in the stopper wall 533 and is maintained in the retracted position retracted from the product storage passage 43.

斯様な待機状態において、最初にローディングされた商品Gは、最大開度に開いて突出位置にあるペダル部材52の保持部521に当接する。商品Gが当接することによりペダル部材52は退避位置に向けて回動する。この回動によりペダル部材52の軸受部522における異形孔523のロック溝部523aが、後退位置に移動した後部リンクピン55と当接してペダル部材52は商品収納通路43に突出した突出位置にロックされ、ペダル部材52に保持された商品Gが販売順位一番の商品(販売商品G1)となる(図33参照)。このように、ペダル部材52が最大開度から当該最大開度よりも小さな開度で商品収納通路43に突出した状態にロックされるように回動すると、第1売切検出機構81の検出レバー801a(の当接部8013,8013)がペダル部材52の軸受部522に押圧されることにより前進して売切検出スイッチ802aがオフ状態となる。次にローディングされる商品は、ペダル部材52により保持された販売商品G1の上に積み重ねられて次販売商品G2となり、引き続いてローディングされる商品は、次販売商品G2の上に順次積み重ねられる。 In such a standby state, the first loaded product G comes into contact with the holding portion 521 of the pedal member 52 which is opened to the maximum opening degree and is in the protruding position. When the product G comes into contact with the product G, the pedal member 52 rotates toward the retracted position. Due to this rotation, the lock groove portion 523a of the deformed hole 523 in the bearing portion 522 of the pedal member 52 comes into contact with the rear link pin 55 that has moved to the retracted position, and the pedal member 52 is locked to the protruding position protruding into the product storage passage 43. , The product G held by the pedal member 52 is the product with the highest sales order (sales product G1) (see FIG. 33). In this way, when the pedal member 52 is rotated so as to protrude from the maximum opening degree to the product storage passage 43 with an opening degree smaller than the maximum opening degree, the detection lever of the first sold-out detection mechanism 81 When the 801a (contact portions 8013, 8013) are pressed against the bearing portion 522 of the pedal member 52, the pedal member 52 advances and the sold-out detection switch 802a is turned off. The next loaded product is stacked on the sold product G1 held by the pedal member 52 to become the next sold product G2, and the subsequently loaded products are sequentially stacked on the next sold product G2.

このようにして商品収納ラック4に収容した商品Gは冷却/加熱ユニット7により冷却若しくは加熱されて販売に適したコールド若しくはホット状態に保存されて販売可能な状態(販売待機状態)となる。斯様な販売待機状態において、商品選択スイッチの操作に基づいて販売指令がモータ駆動ユニット70Aに与えられると、モータ駆動ユニット70Aに内蔵されたモータ711が逆転駆動され、歯車伝達機構714を介して出力歯車715が、図29の(a)において、時計回りの方向に回転する。出力歯車715が回転すると、出力歯車715の背面に設けた押圧片がキャリアスイッチ716の接触子から離脱してキャリアスイッチ716がオフ状態となり、次にキャリアスイッチ716がオン状態となるまで(すなわち、出力歯車715が一回転するまでの期間)モータ711を逆転駆動させる。出力歯車715の回転によりカム突起7151がリンクレバー718の基端部718aに前方より当接すると、リンクレバー718は、図29の(a)において反時計回りの方向に回転する。このリンクレバー718の反時計回りの方向への回転により、その先端部718bがリンク部材541aの係合片5411に設けた当接片5411aに当接してリンク部材541aを復帰ばね540の付勢力に抗して前進させる。そして、カム突起7151がリンクレバー718の基端部718aに摺接している間(図29の(b)参照)は、リンク部材541aが前進した状態に保持される。 The product G housed in the product storage rack 4 in this way is cooled or heated by the cooling / heating unit 7 and stored in a cold or hot state suitable for sale, and is in a sellable state (sales standby state). In such a sales standby state, when a sales command is given to the motor drive unit 70A based on the operation of the product selection switch, the motor 711 built in the motor drive unit 70A is reversely driven and is driven in reverse through the gear transmission mechanism 714. The output gear 715 rotates in the clockwise direction in FIG. 29 (a). When the output gear 715 rotates, the pressing piece provided on the back surface of the output gear 715 separates from the contact of the carrier switch 716, the carrier switch 716 is turned off, and then the carrier switch 716 is turned on (that is,). The motor 711 is reversely driven (the period until the output gear 715 makes one rotation). When the cam protrusion 7151 comes into contact with the base end portion 718a of the link lever 718 from the front due to the rotation of the output gear 715, the link lever 718 rotates in the counterclockwise direction in FIG. 29 (a). By rotating the link lever 718 in the counterclockwise direction, the tip portion 718b abuts on the contact piece 5411a provided on the engaging piece 5411 of the link member 541a, and the link member 541a becomes the urging force of the return spring 540. Move forward against it. Then, while the cam protrusion 7151 is in sliding contact with the base end portion 718a of the link lever 718 (see (b) of FIG. 29), the link member 541a is held in the advanced state.

このリンク部材541aの前進に伴ってリンク部材541aに支持された後部リンクピン55も前進してペダル部材52の異形孔523のロック溝部523aから離脱するので、当該後部リンクピン55により突出位置にロックされたペダル部材52のロックが解除される。これにより、ペダル部材52が商品の荷重によって捻りコイルばね(不図示)の付勢力に抗して退避位置に向けて移動する(図32参照)。ペダル部材52の退避位置への移動により販売商品G1は、ペダル部材52をすり抜けて後方に搬出される。販売商品G1がペダル部材52をすり抜けると、ペダル部材52は不図示の捻りコイルばねの付勢力によって突出位置に復帰する。 As the link member 541a advances, the rear link pin 55 supported by the link member 541a also advances and separates from the lock groove portion 523a of the deformed hole 523 of the pedal member 52, so that the rear link pin 55 locks the rear link pin 55 to a protruding position. The locked pedal member 52 is unlocked. As a result, the pedal member 52 moves toward the retracted position against the urging force of the torsion coil spring (not shown) due to the load of the product (see FIG. 32). By moving the pedal member 52 to the retracted position, the product G1 for sale passes through the pedal member 52 and is carried out to the rear. When the product G1 passes through the pedal member 52, the pedal member 52 returns to the protruding position by the urging force of the torsion coil spring (not shown).

一方、販売待機状態でリンク部材541aに保持された前部リンクピン56を凹状の摺動溝533aに受け入れて退避位置に維持されたストッパ部材53は、リンク部材541aとともに前進する前部リンクピン56が摺動溝533aの壁面と当接することにより突出位置へ向けて押し出される(図34参照)。そして、前部リンクピン56がストッパ部材53におけるストッパ壁533のストッパ面533bに対峙する位置まで前進することによりストッパ面533bと当接してストッパ部材53の退避位置への移動が規制される。そして、突出位置に移動したストッパ部材53は、販売商品G1が搬出されることにより後方に移動する次販売商品G2に当接して保持し、次販売商品G2が後方に向けて移動するのを規制する。 On the other hand, the stopper member 53, which receives the front link pin 56 held by the link member 541a in the standby state for sale in the concave sliding groove 533a and is maintained in the retracted position, moves forward together with the link member 541a. Is pushed out toward the protruding position by coming into contact with the wall surface of the sliding groove 533a (see FIG. 34). Then, the front link pin 56 advances to a position of the stopper member 53 facing the stopper surface 533b of the stopper wall 533, so that the front link pin 56 comes into contact with the stopper surface 533b and the movement of the stopper member 53 to the retracted position is restricted. Then, the stopper member 53 that has moved to the protruding position abuts and holds the next sale product G2 that moves backward when the sale product G1 is carried out, and restricts the next sale product G2 from moving backward. To do.

前記ペダル部材52を退避位置に退避させて販売商品G1を払い出す一方、ストッパ部材53を退避位置から突出位置に移動させて次販売商品G2を保持する動作は、出力歯車715のカム突起7151がリンクレバー718の基端部718aに摺接している所定時間の間に実行される。 The operation of moving the stopper member 53 from the retracted position to the protruding position to hold the next sold product G2 while retracting the pedal member 52 to the retracted position and paying out the sold product G1 is performed by the cam protrusion 7151 of the output gear 715. It is executed during a predetermined time during sliding contact with the base end portion 718a of the link lever 718.

そして、出力歯車715の回転によりカム突起7151とリンクレバー718の基端部718aとの当接が解除されると、復帰ばね540の付勢力によりリンク部材541aは後退する。このリンク部材541aの後退によってリンク部材541aに支持された前部リンクピン56がストッパ部材53のストッパ面533bから摺動溝533aに入り込んでストッパ部材53を退避位置に向けて移動させる。このストッパ部材53の退避位置への移動によりストッパ部材53に保持された次販売商品G2が後方に移動して最大開度に開いたペダル部材52に当接する。この後、ペダル部材52の軸受部522における異形孔523のロック溝部523aが、後退位置に移動した後部リンクピン55と当接してペダル部材52は商品収納通路43に突出した突出位置にロックされて次販売商品G2を販売商品として保持する。そして、出力歯車715の回転によりカム突起7151が待機状態の位置に戻ると、キャリアスイッチ716の接触子が押圧片により押圧されてキャリアスイッチ716がオン状態となる。これによりモータ711の駆動が停止されて販売待機状態に復帰する。 Then, when the contact between the cam protrusion 7151 and the base end portion 718a of the link lever 718 is released by the rotation of the output gear 715, the link member 541a retracts due to the urging force of the return spring 540. Due to the retreat of the link member 541a, the front link pin 56 supported by the link member 541a enters the sliding groove 533a from the stopper surface 533b of the stopper member 53 and moves the stopper member 53 toward the retracted position. By moving the stopper member 53 to the retracted position, the next-sale product G2 held by the stopper member 53 moves rearward and comes into contact with the pedal member 52 opened to the maximum opening degree. After that, the lock groove portion 523a of the deformed hole 523 in the bearing portion 522 of the pedal member 52 comes into contact with the rear link pin 55 that has moved to the retracted position, and the pedal member 52 is locked to the protruding position protruding into the product storage passage 43. The next sale product G2 is held as a sale product. Then, when the cam protrusion 7151 returns to the standby position due to the rotation of the output gear 715, the contactor of the carrier switch 716 is pressed by the pressing piece, and the carrier switch 716 is turned on. As a result, the drive of the motor 711 is stopped and the state returns to the sales standby state.

なお、出力歯車715の時計回りの方向への回転によりカム突起7151とリンクレバー718の基端部718aとの当接が解除された後、出力歯車715のカム突起7151が待機状態の位置に戻る途中において他方のリンクレバー717の基端部717aに当接するが、弾性部材からなる係止片717cが弾性変形してリンクレバー717の回動を許容することによりカム突起7151は移動を阻止されることなく復帰位置に復帰する。リンクレバー717はカム突起7151が通過することにより係止片717cの作用により図29の(a)の待機姿勢に復帰する。 The cam protrusion 7151 of the output gear 715 returns to the standby position after the contact between the cam protrusion 7151 and the base end portion 718a of the link lever 718 is released by the rotation of the output gear 715 in the clockwise direction. On the way, it comes into contact with the base end portion 717a of the other link lever 717, but the locking piece 717c made of an elastic member is elastically deformed to allow the link lever 717 to rotate, so that the cam protrusion 7151 is prevented from moving. It returns to the return position without any problem. The link lever 717 returns to the standby posture shown in FIG. 29 (a) by the action of the locking piece 717c when the cam protrusion 7151 passes through.

商品搬出装置5における第2払出機構502のリンク機構54(リンク部材54b)を駆動して商品の払い出しを行う動作は、モータ駆動ユニット70Bに内蔵されたモータ711(図29の(a)参照)を逆転駆動することにより行われる。この場合、前記モータ駆動ユニット70Aの動作と同様に、モータ711の逆転駆動により出力歯車715が時計回りの方向に回転し、出力歯車715の背面に設けたカム突起7151とリンクレバー718との協働により第2払出機構502のリンク部材541bを操作する。これにより、第2払出機構502のペダル部材52およびストッパ部材53を商品収納通路43に交互に出没させて販売商品G1の搬出を行うとともに次販売商品G2を販売商品としてペダル部材52に保持した上で待機状態に復帰する。 The operation of driving the link mechanism 54 (link member 54b) of the second payout mechanism 502 in the product carry-out device 5 to pay out the goods is performed by the motor 711 built in the motor drive unit 70B (see (a) of FIG. 29). Is carried out by reverse driving. In this case, similarly to the operation of the motor drive unit 70A, the output gear 715 is rotated in the clockwise direction by the reverse drive of the motor 711, and the cam protrusion 7151 provided on the back surface of the output gear 715 and the link lever 718 cooperate. The link member 541b of the second payout mechanism 502 is operated by the operation. As a result, the pedal member 52 and the stopper member 53 of the second payout mechanism 502 are alternately infested in the product storage passage 43 to carry out the sales product G1 and hold the next sales product G2 as a sales product on the pedal member 52. To return to the standby state.

商品搬出装置5における第3払出機構503のリンク機構54(リンク部材54c)を駆動して商品の払い出しを行う動作は、モータ駆動ユニット70Aに内蔵されたモータ711(図29の(a)参照)を正転駆動することにより行われる。この場合、歯車伝達機構714を介して出力歯車715が、図29の(a)において、反時計回りの方向に回転する。この出力歯車715の反時計回りの方向への回転によりカム突起7151がリンクレバー717の基端部717aに当接すると、リンクレバー717は、図29の(a)において時計回りの方向に回転する。このリンクレバー717の反時計回りの方向への回転により、その先端部718bが第3払出機構503のリンク部材541cの係合片5411に設けた当接片5411aに当接してリンク部材541cを復帰ばね540の付勢力に抗して前進させる。この後、基板51の開口部513の両端に形成した形成した軸受部516,516に支持されたペダル部材52、ストッパ部材53が交互に商品収納通路43に出没して商品の搬出を行う動作は前述した第1払出機構501の動作と同一であるので、ここではその重複する説明を省略する。 The operation of driving the link mechanism 54 (link member 54c) of the third payout mechanism 503 in the product carry-out device 5 to pay out the product is performed by the motor 711 built in the motor drive unit 70A (see (a) in FIG. 29). Is driven in the forward direction. In this case, the output gear 715 rotates in the counterclockwise direction in FIG. 29 (a) via the gear transmission mechanism 714. When the cam protrusion 7151 comes into contact with the base end portion 717a of the link lever 717 due to the rotation of the output gear 715 in the counterclockwise direction, the link lever 717 rotates in the clockwise direction in FIG. 29 (a). .. By rotating the link lever 717 in the counterclockwise direction, the tip portion 718b abuts on the contact piece 5411a provided on the engagement piece 5411 of the link member 541c of the third payout mechanism 503 and returns the link member 541c. It advances against the urging force of the spring 540. After that, the pedal members 52 and the stopper members 53 supported by the bearing portions 516 and 516 formed at both ends of the opening 513 of the substrate 51 alternately appear in the product storage passage 43 to carry out the product. Since it is the same as the operation of the first payout mechanism 501 described above, the duplicate description thereof will be omitted here.

商品搬出装置5における第4払出機構504のリンク機構54(リンク部材541d)を駆動して商品の払い出しを行う動作は、モータ駆動ユニット70Bに内蔵されたモータ711(図29の(a)参照)を正転駆動することにより行われる。この場合、前記モータ駆動ユニット70Aの動作と同様に、モータ711の正転駆動により出力歯車715が反時計回りの方向に回転し、出力歯車715の背面に設けたカム突起7151とリンクレバー717との協働により第4払出機構504のリンク部材541dを操作する。これにより、第4払出機構504のペダル部材52およびストッパ部材53を商品収納通路43に交互に出没させて販売商品G1の搬出を行うとともに次販売商品G2を販売商品としてペダル部材52に保持した上で待機状態に復帰する。 The operation of driving the link mechanism 54 (link member 541d) of the fourth payout mechanism 504 in the product carry-out device 5 to pay out the product is performed by the motor 711 built in the motor drive unit 70B (see (a) in FIG. 29). Is driven in the forward direction. In this case, similarly to the operation of the motor drive unit 70A, the output gear 715 rotates in the counterclockwise direction by the forward rotation drive of the motor 711, and the cam protrusion 7151 and the link lever 717 provided on the back surface of the output gear 715 The link member 541d of the fourth payout mechanism 504 is operated in cooperation with the above. As a result, the pedal member 52 and the stopper member 53 of the fourth payout mechanism 504 are alternately infested in the product storage passage 43 to carry out the sales product G1 and hold the next sales product G2 as a sales product on the pedal member 52. To return to the standby state.

なお、商品搬出装置5における第2払出機構502のリンク機構54(リンク部材541b)と第3払出機構503のリンク機構54(リンク部材541c)をクロスさせているのは、第1,第2払出機構501,502若しくは第3,第4払出機構503,504をそれぞれ同期して動作させるためであり、第1,第2払出機構501,502を同期して動作させる場合にはモータ駆動ユニット70A,70Bのモータ711を同時に逆転駆動することによりモータ駆動ユニット70Aにより第1払出機構501のリンク機構54が操作されると同時にモータ駆動ユニット70Bにより第2払出機構502のリンク機構54が操作され、第3,第4払出機構503,504を同期して動作させる場合にはモータ駆動ユニット70A,70Bのモータ711を同時に正転駆動することによりモータ駆動ユニット70Aにより第3払出機構503のリンク機構54が操作されると同時にモータ駆動ユニット70Bにより第4払出機構504のリンク機構54が操作されるものである。 It is the first and second payouts that cross the link mechanism 54 (link member 541b) of the second payout mechanism 502 and the link mechanism 54 (link member 541c) of the third payout mechanism 503 in the product unloading device 5. This is to operate the mechanisms 501 and 502 or the third and fourth payout mechanisms 503 and 504 in synchronization with each other. When the first and second payout mechanisms 501 and 502 are operated in synchronization with each other, the motor drive unit 70A, By simultaneously reversely driving the motor 711 of the 70B, the link mechanism 54 of the first payout mechanism 501 is operated by the motor drive unit 70A, and at the same time, the link mechanism 54 of the second payout mechanism 502 is operated by the motor drive unit 70B. When the third and fourth payout mechanisms 503 and 504 are operated in synchronization, the motor drive unit 70A simultaneously drives the motors 711 of the motor drive units 70A and 70B in the forward rotation so that the link mechanism 54 of the third payout mechanism 503 is operated. At the same time as being operated, the link mechanism 54 of the fourth payout mechanism 504 is operated by the motor drive unit 70B.

次に、商品コラムの設定に応じて商品収納棚10にセットされる仕切部材42と、この商品コラムの設定に応じて動作する商品搬出装置5との関係を、以下の図35〜図38を用いて説明する。図35〜図38は、ショートサイズの商品S、ロングサイズの商品L、ミドルサイズの商品M(S<M<L)を単独、或いはその組合せにより販売する商品コラムを仕切部材42に設定する一例を示すものである。なお、仕切部材42は、この例では図8に示した左右2個の仕切部材421,421と、図9に示した中央の仕切部材422とからなり、図35〜図38では2個の仕切部材421,421のうち、左側の仕切部材については参照符号を「421L」とし、右側の仕切部材については参照符号を「421R」として説明する。 Next, the relationship between the partition member 42 set in the product storage shelf 10 according to the setting of the product column and the product unloading device 5 operating according to the setting of the product column is shown in FIGS. 35 to 38 below. It will be described using. FIGS. 35 to 38 show an example in which a product column for selling a short size product S, a long size product L, and a middle size product M (S <M <L) individually or in combination thereof is set on the partition member 42. It is a thing. In this example, the partition member 42 includes two left and right partition members 421 and 421 shown in FIG. 8 and a central partition member 422 shown in FIG. 9, and two partitions in FIGS. 35 to 38. Of the members 421 and 421, the reference code for the left partition member will be referred to as “421L”, and the reference code for the right partition member will be referred to as “421R”.

図35は、ショートサイズの商品Sを収納する商品コラムC1〜C4を設定した場合(仕切部材421Lを設定溝117L,127Lの右端にセット、仕切部材422を設定溝117M,127Mの左端にセット、仕切部材421Rを設定溝117R,127Rの左端にセット)、図36は、ショートサイズの商品Sを収納する商品コラムC1、およびミドルサイズの商品Mを収納する商品コラムC5,C6を設定した場合(仕切部材421Lを設定溝117L,127Lの右端にセット、仕切部材422を設定溝117M,127Mの右端にセット、仕切部材421Rを設定溝117R,127Rの中央にセット)、図37は、ショートサイズの商品Sを収納する商品コラムC1,C2、ロングサイズの商品Lを収納する商品コラムC7をした場合(仕切部材421Lを設定溝117L,127Lの右端にセット、仕切部材422を設定溝117M,127Mの右端にセット、仕切部材421Rを設定溝117R,127Rの左端にセット)、図38は、ロングサイズの商品Lを収納する商品コラムC7,C8を設定した場合(仕切部材421Lを設定溝117L,127Lの左端にセット、仕切部材422を設定溝117M,127Mの左端にセット、仕切部材421Rを設定溝117R,127Rの左端にセット)を示している。 FIG. 35 shows the case where the product columns C1 to C4 for storing the short size product S are set (the partition member 421L is set at the right end of the setting grooves 117L and 127L, the partition member 422 is set at the left end of the setting grooves 117M and 127M, and the partition is set. The member 421R is set at the left end of the setting grooves 117R and 127R), and FIG. 36 shows the case where the product column C1 for storing the short size product S and the product columns C5 and C6 for storing the middle size product M are set (partition member). 421L is set at the right end of the setting grooves 117L and 127L, the partition member 422 is set at the right end of the setting grooves 117M and 127M, the partition member 421R is set at the center of the setting grooves 117R and 127R), and FIG. 37 shows the short size product S. When the product columns C1 and C2 to be stored and the product column C7 to store the long size product L are set (the partition member 421L is set at the right end of the setting grooves 117L and 127L, and the partition member 422 is set at the right end of the setting grooves 117M and 127M. When the partition member 421R is set at the left end of the setting grooves 117R and 127R), FIG. 38 shows the case where the product columns C7 and C8 for storing the long size product L are set (the partition member 421L is set at the left end of the setting grooves 117L and 127L). The partition member 422 is set at the left end of the setting grooves 117M and 127M, and the partition member 421R is set at the left end of the setting grooves 117R and 127R).

図35のように商品コラムC1〜C4が設定されている場合、商品コラムC1,C2を区画する仕切部材421Lにより商品搬出装置5の第1払出機構501と第2の払出機構502の間が仕切られ、コラムC2,C3を区画する仕切部材422により商品搬出装置5の第2払出機構502と第3払出機構503との間が仕切られ、また、商品コラムC3,C4を区画する仕切部材421Rにより商品搬出装置5の第3払出機構503と第4の払出機構504の間が仕切られる。 When the product columns C1 to C4 are set as shown in FIG. 35, the partition member 421L for partitioning the product columns C1 and C2 partitions the product unloading device 5 between the first payout mechanism 501 and the second payout mechanism 502. The partition member 422 that partitions the columns C2 and C3 partitions the product unloading device 5 between the second payout mechanism 502 and the third payout mechanism 503, and the partition member 421R that partitions the product columns C3 and C4. The third payout mechanism 503 and the fourth payout mechanism 504 of the product carry-out device 5 are partitioned.

この場合、商品コラムC1に収納された商品Sを販売する際には、商品搬出装置5のモータ駆動ユニット70Aに内蔵されたモータ711を逆転させて当該モータ駆動ユニット70Aのリンクレバー718により第1払出機構501のリンク部材541aを駆動することにより第1払出機構501のペダル部材52,ストッパ部材53を動作させて当該コラムC1に収納された商品S(販売商品G1)を搬出する。また、商品コラムC2に収納された商品Sを販売する際には、商品搬出装置5のモータ駆動ユニット70Bに内蔵されたモータ711を逆転させて当該モータ駆動ユニット70Bのリンクレバー718により払出機構502のリンク部材541bを駆動することにより第2払出機構502のペダル部材52,ストッパ部材53を動作させて当該コラムC2に収納された商品G(販売商品G1)を搬出する。また、商品コラムC3に収納された商品Sを販売する際には、商品搬出装置5のモータ駆動ユニット70Aに内蔵されたモータ711を正転させて当該モータ駆動ユニット70Aのリンクレバー717により第3払出機構503のリンク部材541cを駆動することにより第3払出機構503のペダル部材52,ストッパ部材53を動作させて当該コラムC3に収納された商品G(販売商品G1)を搬出する。そして、商品コラムC4に収納された商品Sを販売する際には、商品搬出装置5のモータ駆動ユニット70Bに内蔵されたモータ711を正転させて当該モータ駆動ユニット70Bのリンクレバー717により払出機構504のリンク部材541dを駆動することにより第4払出機構504のペダル部材52,ストッパ部材53を動作させて当該コラムC4に収納された商品S(販売商品G1)を搬出する。 In this case, when the product S stored in the product column C1 is sold, the motor 711 built in the motor drive unit 70A of the product unloading device 5 is reversed and the first link lever 718 of the motor drive unit 70A is used. By driving the link member 541a of the payout mechanism 501, the pedal member 52 and the stopper member 53 of the first payout mechanism 501 are operated to carry out the product S (sales product G1) stored in the column C1. Further, when selling the product S stored in the product column C2, the motor 711 built in the motor drive unit 70B of the product unloading device 5 is reversed and the payout mechanism 502 is reversed by the link lever 718 of the motor drive unit 70B. By driving the link member 541b of the second payout mechanism 502, the pedal member 52 and the stopper member 53 of the second payout mechanism 502 are operated to carry out the product G (sales product G1) stored in the column C2. Further, when selling the product S stored in the product column C3, the motor 711 built in the motor drive unit 70A of the product unloading device 5 is rotated in the normal direction, and the link lever 717 of the motor drive unit 70A is used to make a third product. By driving the link member 541c of the payout mechanism 503, the pedal member 52 and the stopper member 53 of the third payout mechanism 503 are operated to carry out the product G (sales product G1) stored in the column C3. Then, when the product S stored in the product column C4 is sold, the motor 711 built in the motor drive unit 70B of the product unloading device 5 is rotated in the normal direction, and the payout mechanism is provided by the link lever 717 of the motor drive unit 70B. By driving the link member 541d of the 504, the pedal member 52 and the stopper member 53 of the fourth payout mechanism 504 are operated to carry out the product S (sales product G1) stored in the column C4.

図36のように、商品コラムC1,C5,C6が設定されている場合、商品コラムC1,C5を区画する仕切部材421Lにより商品搬出装置5の第1払出機構501と第2払出機構502の間が仕切られ、また、商品コラムC5,C6を区画する仕切部材422,421Rにより商品搬出装置5の第3払出機構503と第4払出機構504の間が仕切られる。ここで、商品コラムC5,C6を区画する態様でセットされた仕切部材422,421Rが第3払出機構501のペダル部材52およびストッパ部材53と干渉しないのは、第3払出機構501のペダル部材52およびストッパ部材53を第1払出機構501のペダル部材52の保持部521の長さよりも小さく形成しているからである。 As shown in FIG. 36, when the product columns C1, C5, and C6 are set, the partition member 421L for partitioning the product columns C1 and C5 is used between the first payout mechanism 501 and the second payout mechanism 502 of the product carry-out device 5. Is partitioned, and the third payout mechanism 503 and the fourth payout mechanism 504 of the product carry-out device 5 are partitioned by the partition members 422 and 421R that partition the product columns C5 and C6. Here, it is the pedal member 52 of the third payout mechanism 501 that the partition members 422 and 421R set in the manner of partitioning the product columns C5 and C6 do not interfere with the pedal member 52 and the stopper member 53 of the third payout mechanism 501. This is because the stopper member 53 is formed to be smaller than the length of the holding portion 521 of the pedal member 52 of the first payout mechanism 501.

この場合、商品コラムC1に収納された商品Sを販売する際の動作は、図35のコラムC1に収納された商品Sを搬出する動作と同一であるのでここではその重複する説明を省略する。一方、商品コラムC5に収納された商品Mを販売する際には、商品搬出装置5のモータ駆動ユニット70Aに内蔵されたモータ711を正転させて当該モータ駆動ユニット70Bのリンクレバー717により第3払出機構503のリンク部材541cを駆動することにより第3払出機構503のペダル部材52,ストッパ部材53を動作させると同時に商品搬出装置5のモータ駆動ユニット70Bに内蔵されたモータ711を逆転させて当該モータ駆動ユニット70Bのリンクレバー718により第2払出機構502のリンク部材541bを駆動することにより第2払出機構502のペダル部材52,ストッパ部材53を動作させる、つまり、第3払出機構503のペダル部材52,ストッパ部材53および第2払出機構502のペダル部材52,ストッパ部材53を同期して動作させて当該コラムC5に収納された商品M(販売商品G1)を搬出する。そして、商品コラムC6に収納された商品Mを販売する際には、商品搬出装置5のモータ駆動ユニット70Bに内蔵されたモータ711を正転させて当該モータ駆動ユニット70Bのリンクレバー717により第4払出機構504のリンク部材541dを駆動することにより第4払出機構504ペダル部材52,ストッパ部材53を動作させて当該コラムC6に収納された商品M(販売商品G1)を搬出する。 In this case, the operation of selling the product S stored in the product column C1 is the same as the operation of carrying out the product S stored in the column C1 of FIG. 35, and thus the duplicate description will be omitted here. On the other hand, when selling the product M stored in the product column C5, the motor 711 built in the motor drive unit 70A of the product unloading device 5 is rotated in the normal direction, and the link lever 717 of the motor drive unit 70B is used to make a third product. By driving the link member 541c of the payout mechanism 503, the pedal member 52 and the stopper member 53 of the third payout mechanism 503 are operated, and at the same time, the motor 711 built in the motor drive unit 70B of the product unloading device 5 is reversed. The link lever 718 of the motor drive unit 70B drives the link member 541b of the second payout mechanism 502 to operate the pedal member 52 and the stopper member 53 of the second payout mechanism 502, that is, the pedal member of the third payout mechanism 503. 52, the stopper member 53, the pedal member 52 of the second payout mechanism 502, and the stopper member 53 are operated in synchronization with each other to carry out the product M (product G1 for sale) stored in the column C5. Then, when selling the product M stored in the product column C6, the motor 711 built in the motor drive unit 70B of the product unloading device 5 is rotated in the normal direction, and the link lever 717 of the motor drive unit 70B is used to make a fourth product. By driving the link member 541d of the payout mechanism 504, the fourth payout mechanism 504 pedal member 52 and the stopper member 53 are operated to carry out the product M (sales product G1) stored in the column C6.

図37のように商品コラムC1,C2,C7が設定されている場合、商品コラムC1,C2を区画する仕切部材421Lにより商品搬出装置5の第1払出機構501と第2払出機構502の間が仕切られ、商品コラムC2,C7を区画する仕切部材422,421Rにより商品搬出装置5の第2払出機構502と第3払出機構503(第4払出機構504)との間が仕切られる。 When the product columns C1, C2, and C7 are set as shown in FIG. 37, the partition member 421L for partitioning the product columns C1 and C2 provides a space between the first payout mechanism 501 and the second payout mechanism 502 of the product carry-out device 5. The second payout mechanism 502 and the third payout mechanism 503 (fourth payout mechanism 504) of the merchandise unloading device 5 are partitioned by the partition members 422 and 421R that partition the merchandise columns C2 and C7.

この場合、商品コラムC1,C2に収納された商品Sを販売する際の動作は、図35のコラムC1,C2に収納された商品Sを搬出する動作と同一であるのでここではその重複する説明を省略する。一方、商品コラムC7に収納された商品Lを販売する際には、商品搬出装置5のモータ駆動ユニット70Aに内蔵されたモータ711を正転させて当該モータ駆動ユニット70Aのリンクレバー717により第3払出機構503のリンク部材541cを駆動することにより第3払出機構503のペダル部材52,ストッパ部材53を動作させると同時に商品搬出装置5のモータ駆動ユニット70Bに内蔵されたモータ711を正転させて当該モータ駆動ユニット70Bのリンクレバー717により第4払出機構502のリンク部材541dを駆動することにより第4払出機構504のペダル部材52,ストッパ部材53を動作させる、つまり、第3払出機構503のペダル部材52,ストッパ部材53および第4払出機構504のペダル部材52,ストッパ部材53を同期して動作させて当該コラムC7に収納された商品L(販売商品G1)を搬出する。 In this case, the operation of selling the product S stored in the product columns C1 and C2 is the same as the operation of carrying out the product S stored in the columns C1 and C2 of FIG. 35. Is omitted. On the other hand, when selling the product L stored in the product column C7, the motor 711 built in the motor drive unit 70A of the product unloading device 5 is rotated in the normal direction, and the link lever 717 of the motor drive unit 70A is used to make a third product. By driving the link member 541c of the payout mechanism 503, the pedal member 52 and the stopper member 53 of the third payout mechanism 503 are operated, and at the same time, the motor 711 built in the motor drive unit 70B of the product unloading device 5 is rotated in the normal direction. The link lever 717 of the motor drive unit 70B drives the link member 541d of the fourth payout mechanism 502 to operate the pedal member 52 and the stopper member 53 of the fourth payout mechanism 504, that is, the pedal of the third payout mechanism 503. The member 52, the stopper member 53, and the pedal member 52 and the stopper member 53 of the fourth payout mechanism 504 are operated in synchronization with each other to carry out the product L (product G1 for sale) stored in the column C7.

図38のように商品コラムC7,C8が設定されている場合、商品コラムC7,C8を区画する仕切部材422,421Rにより商品搬出装置5の第2払出機構502と第3払出機構503の間が仕切られている。 When the product columns C7 and C8 are set as shown in FIG. 38, the partition members 422 and 421R that partition the product columns C7 and C8 allow the product unloading device 5 to be between the second payout mechanism 502 and the third payout mechanism 503. It is partitioned.

この場合、商品コラムC7に収納された商品を販売する際の動作は、図37のコラムC7に収納された商品Lを搬出する動作と同一であるのでここではその重複する説明を省略する。一方、商品コラムC8に収納された商品Lを販売する際には、商品搬出装置5のモータ駆動ユニット70Aに内蔵されたモータ711を逆転させて当該モータ駆動ユニット70Aのリンクレバー718により第1払出機構501のリンク部材541aを駆動することにより第1払出機構501のペダル部材52,ストッパ部材53を動作させると同時に商品搬出装置5のモータ駆動ユニット70Bに内蔵されたモータ711を逆転させて当該モータ駆動ユニット70Bのリンクレバー718により第2払出機構502のリンク部材541dを駆動することにより第2払出機構502のペダル部材52,ストッパ部材53を動作させる、つまり、第1払出機構501のペダル部材52,ストッパ部材53および第2払出機構502のペダル部材52,ストッパ部材53を同期して動作させて当該コラムC8に収納された商品L(販売商品G1)を搬出する。 In this case, the operation of selling the product stored in the product column C7 is the same as the operation of carrying out the product L stored in the column C7 of FIG. 37, and thus the duplicate description will be omitted here. On the other hand, when selling the product L stored in the product column C8, the motor 711 built in the motor drive unit 70A of the product unloading device 5 is reversed and the first payout is performed by the link lever 718 of the motor drive unit 70A. By driving the link member 541a of the mechanism 501, the pedal member 52 and the stopper member 53 of the first payout mechanism 501 are operated, and at the same time, the motor 711 built in the motor drive unit 70B of the product unloading device 5 is reversed to cause the motor. The link lever 718 of the drive unit 70B drives the link member 541d of the second payout mechanism 502 to operate the pedal member 52 and the stopper member 53 of the second payout mechanism 502, that is, the pedal member 52 of the first payout mechanism 501. , The stopper member 53, the pedal member 52 of the second payout mechanism 502, and the stopper member 53 are operated in synchronization with each other to carry out the product L (product G1 for sale) stored in the column C8.

次に、図39は、商品収納棚10に敷設されたアタッチメント20により商品搬出装置5と商品収納通路43の通路面との間の間隔を調整して商品G(例えば、角型ペットボトル)を収納した場合を示している。図39では、最上段の商品収納棚10には円筒型の缶商品Gを収納し、上から2番目の商品収納棚10に角型ペットボトルGを収納した例を示している。商品収納棚10の板面(通路面)に密着して敷設されたアタッチメント20を商品搬出装置5との間の間隔を調整する操作については、図10〜図14等とともに前述したとおりであるので重複する説明は省略する。 Next, FIG. 39 shows the product G (for example, a square PET bottle) by adjusting the distance between the product unloading device 5 and the passage surface of the product storage passage 43 by the attachment 20 laid on the product storage shelf 10. It shows the case where it is stored. FIG. 39 shows an example in which a cylindrical can product G is stored in the uppermost product storage shelf 10 and a square PET bottle G is stored in the second product storage shelf 10 from the top. The operation of adjusting the distance between the attachment 20 laid in close contact with the plate surface (passage surface) of the product storage shelf 10 and the product unloading device 5 is as described above together with FIGS. 10 to 14 and the like. Duplicate explanations will be omitted.

また、角型ペットボトルGを収納した商品収納通路43が、図35に示した商品コラムC4であるとすると、商品搬出装置5の動作については前述した図35の商品コラムC4における商品搬出装置5の動作と同一である。この場合、アタッチメント20を構成する第2アタッチメント22は、その通路面形成部220が第1アタッチメント21の通路面形成部210の傾斜角度よりも大きい傾斜角度に傾斜した状態でセットされるので、販売商品G1(傾斜角度の大きな第2アタッチメント22に乗った角型ペットボトル)を確実に滑動させて商品落下通路46に落下させることができる。 Further, assuming that the product storage passage 43 accommodating the square PET bottle G is the product column C4 shown in FIG. 35, the operation of the product unloading device 5 is the product unloading device 5 in the product column C4 of FIG. 35 described above. It is the same as the operation of. In this case, the second attachment 22 constituting the attachment 20 is set in a state where the passage surface forming portion 220 is inclined to an inclination angle larger than the inclination angle of the passage surface forming portion 210 of the first attachment 21, and thus is sold. The product G1 (square PET bottle on the second attachment 22 having a large inclination angle) can be reliably slid and dropped into the product drop passage 46.

角型ペットボトルGを収納した商品収納通路43(商品コラム)を円筒型の缶商品の商品コラムとする場合には、アタッチメント20を操作して商品収納棚10の板面(通路面)に密着して敷設された状態に戻せばよい。このように、アタッチメント20を商品収納棚10から着脱する必要がないものである。 When the product storage passage 43 (product column) containing the square PET bottle G is used as the product column for a cylindrical can product, the attachment 20 is operated to make close contact with the plate surface (passage surface) of the product storage shelf 10. And return it to the laid state. In this way, it is not necessary to attach / detach the attachment 20 from the product storage shelf 10.

ところで、この種の商品収納ラック(スラントラック)4においては、商品ローディング時(自動販売機設置時や商品の入れ替え時)に商品が商品収納通路43を転動若しくは滑動中に商品の軸線が商品の進行方向(前後方向)に対して垂直方向から傾くように姿勢変化して商品収納通路43の途中で停止してしまうような商品詰りを惹起するおそれがある。また、商品収納通路43に最初にローディング(自動販売機設置時や商品の入れ替え時)された商品は、商品収納通路43の商品搬出口45に配された商品搬出装置5のペダル部材52に保持されるのであるが、その最初にローディングされた商品G(販売商品G1)が姿勢変化して傾いた状態でペダル部材52に保持された場合、次販売商品G2を保持するストッパ部材53の商品収納通路43への突出が販売商品G1に妨げられてロックしてしまうような商品詰りを惹起するおそれがある。このように商品詰りが発生した場合、この実施の形態では商品収納棚10が前後方向に分割した前方側棚部材11および後方側棚部材12からなり、前記後方側棚部材12を左右一対のラック側板41,41に架設する一方、前方側棚部材11を左右一対のラック側板41,41に着脱自在に配設しているので、商品収納ラック4を庫内に取着したままで次のように商品詰りを解消することができる。 By the way, in this type of product storage rack (slan truck) 4, the axis of the product is the product while the product is rolling or sliding in the product storage passage 43 when the product is loaded (when the vending machine is installed or when the product is replaced). There is a risk of causing product jams such that the product changes its posture so as to be inclined from the direction perpendicular to the traveling direction (front-back direction) of the product and stops in the middle of the product storage passage 43. Further, the product first loaded in the product storage passage 43 (when the vending machine is installed or when the product is replaced) is held by the pedal member 52 of the product unloading device 5 arranged at the product carry-out port 45 of the product storage passage 43. However, when the first loaded product G (sold product G1) is held by the pedal member 52 in a state of changing its posture and tilting, the product storage of the stopper member 53 that holds the next sold product G2 is performed. The protrusion to the passage 43 may be hindered by the product G1 for sale and cause a product jam that locks the product. When product clogging occurs in this way, in this embodiment, the product storage shelf 10 is composed of a front side shelf member 11 and a rear side shelf member 12 divided in the front-rear direction, and the rear side shelf member 12 is a pair of left and right racks. Since the front side shelf members 11 are detachably arranged on the pair of left and right rack side plates 41 and 41 while being erected on the side plates 41 and 41, the product storage rack 4 is attached to the inside of the refrigerator as follows. It is possible to eliminate product clogging.

すなわち、前方側棚部材11に商品Gが乗っている場合には商品収納通路43の前方から商品収納通路43に収納された商品Gを目視しつつ当該商品収納通路43に手を差し入れて商品Gを一個ずつ取り出す。前方側棚部材11に乗った商品Gを取り出しが完了しても商品詰りが解消しない場合(後方側棚部材12の領域で商品詰りが生じている場合)、前方側棚部材11を前述した前方側棚部材11のラック側板41,41への装着手順と逆の手順でラック側板41,41から取り外す。この場合、前方側棚部材11を取り外す前段階で仕切部材42に設けた前後一対の係合爪4211b,4211b(2211b,2211b)うちの後方側の係合爪2111b(2211b)を後方側棚部材12に穿設した設定溝127R,127L(127M)から引き外しておき、仕切部材42が前方側棚部材11とともに商品収納ラック4から取り外される。前述したように、前方側棚部材11を取り外すことにより後方側棚部材12の位置まで手を差し入れることが可能となる。しかるのち、後方側棚部材12に乗った商品Gを取り出して商品詰りを解消する。このように、前方側棚部材11を取り外して商品詰りを解消することができるので、自動販売機の庫内に収納設置された商品収納ラック4を取り外して自動販売機の外側に取り出して商品詰りを解消するという煩雑な作業を回避することができる。 That is, when the product G is on the front shelf member 11, the product G is inserted into the product storage passage 43 while visually observing the product G stored in the product storage passage 43 from the front of the product storage passage 43. Take out one by one. When the product jam is not cleared even if the product G on the front shelf member 11 is taken out (when the product jam occurs in the area of the rear shelf member 12), the front shelf member 11 is moved to the front as described above. The side shelf member 11 is removed from the rack side plates 41, 41 in the reverse order of the mounting procedure on the rack side plates 41, 41. In this case, the rear engaging claws 2111b (2211b) of the pair of front and rear engaging claws 4211b, 4211b (2211b, 2211b) provided on the partition member 42 before the front side shelf member 11 is removed are used as the rear side shelf member. The partition member 42 is removed from the product storage rack 4 together with the front side shelf member 11 by pulling it out from the setting grooves 127R and 127L (127M) formed in 12. As described above, by removing the front side shelf member 11, it is possible to insert a hand to the position of the rear side shelf member 12. After that, the product G on the rear shelf member 12 is taken out to clear the product clogging. In this way, since the front side shelf member 11 can be removed to clear the product clogging, the product storage rack 4 stored and installed in the vending machine can be removed and taken out to the outside of the vending machine to clear the product clogging. It is possible to avoid the complicated work of solving the problem.

前述したように、この実施の形態に係る自動販売機の商品搬出装置によれば、商品投入口44に対して商品搬出口45が低くなるように傾斜して配設された商品収納棚10を上下方向に多段に有し、この商品収納棚10に横倒し姿勢の商品Gを前後方向に一列に整列して収納する商品収納通路43を仕切部材42により左右方向に複数画成してなり、商品収納棚10おける商品搬出口45の近傍に配設した商品搬出装置5により商品収納通路43に収納された商品Gを一個ずつ切り出して搬出する商品収納ラック4を備えた自動販売機の商品搬出装置において、前記商品収納棚10に横倒し姿勢の商品を前後方向に一列に整列して収納する商品収納通路43を仕切部材42のセット位置に応じて、少なくとも左右方向に2列のロングサイズの商品Lに対応する商品収納通路43若しくは左右方向に4列のショートサイズの商品Sに対応する商品収納通路43に可変可能であり、前記商品搬出装置5は、リンク機構54とこのリンク機構54を介して商品収納通路43に交互に出没するペダル部材52およびストッパ部材53を組とする4組の払出機構501〜504、および4組の払出機構501〜504のリンク機構54を駆動する駆動手段を備え、前記4組の払出機構501〜504のそれぞれのペダル部材52およびストッパ部材53はショートサイズの商品Sの長さに対応する長さを有して4列のショートサイズの商品Sに対応する商品収納通路43に対応して左右方向に並置され、駆動手段は、正逆転可能な直流モータ711を有するとともに一方向への回転により一つのリンク機構54を駆動する一方、他方向への回転により他の一つのリンク機構54を駆動するモータ駆動ユニット70A,70Bを2個並置してなり、前記4組の払出機構501〜504のリンク機構54のうちのモータ駆動ユニット70A,70Bの直流モータ711の一方向への回転により駆動される組のリンク機構54は、2個のモータ駆動ユニット70A,70Bの直流モータ711の一方向への回転により4列に並置されたペダル部材52およびストッパ部材53のうちの左右方向一方寄りの2列のペダル部材52およびストッパ部材53を駆動する態様で配される一方、モータ駆動ユニット70A,70Bの直流モータ711の他方向への回転により駆動される組のリンク機構54は、2個のモータ駆動ユニット70A,70Bの直流モータ711の他方向への回転により4列に並置されたペダル部材52およびストッパ部材53のうちの左右方向他方寄りの2列のペダル部材52およびストッパ部材53を駆動する態様で配してなることにより、4列のショートサイズの商品Sに対応する商品収納通路43に収納された商品Sを販売する際には2個のモータ駆動ユニット70A,70Bの直流モータ711をそれぞれ個別に正転若しくは逆転させることにより各商品収納通路43に収納されたショートサイズの商品Sを個別に安定して搬出することができる一方、2列のロングサイズの商品Lに対応する商品収納通路43に収納された商品Lを販売する際には2個のモータ駆動ユニット70A,70Bの直流モータ711をそれぞれ同期して正転若しくは逆転させることにより各商品収納通路43に収納されたロングサイズの商品Lを個別に安定して搬出することができるものであり、一つの商品収納棚43で長さの異なる種類の商品を販売可能としつつ駆動手段の個数を削減することができるという効果を奏する。 As described above, according to the product unloading device of the vending machine according to this embodiment, the product storage shelf 10 is arranged so as to be inclined so that the product unloading port 45 is lower than the product input port 44. A product storage passage 43 having multiple stages in the vertical direction and storing the product G in a sideways posture arranged in a row in the front-rear direction on the product storage shelf 10 is defined by a partition member 42 in the left-right direction. article conveying the vending machine with goods unloading apparatus 5 which is arranged in the vicinity of the product outlet port 45 definitive in the storage rack 10 having a commodity storage rack 4 for unloading cut products G accommodated in the product storage passage 43 one by one In the device, the product storage passage 43 for storing the products in the sideways posture arranged in a row in the front-rear direction on the product storage shelf 10 is provided with at least two rows of long-sized products L in the left-right direction according to the setting position of the partition member 42. is variably to product storage passage 43 corresponding to the commodity S short size of product storage passage 43 or the left-right direction in four columns corresponding to the article carrying-out device 5 via a link mechanism 54 to the link mechanism 54 items A drive means for driving four sets of payout mechanisms 501 to 504 and four sets of payout mechanisms 501 to 504 link mechanisms 54, which are a set of pedal members 52 and stopper members 53 that alternately appear and disappear in the storage passage 43, is provided. Each of the pedal members 52 and the stopper members 53 of the four sets of payout mechanisms 501 to 504 has a length corresponding to the length of the short size product S, and is provided in the product storage passage 43 corresponding to the four rows of short size products S. Correspondingly juxtaposed in the left-right direction, the drive means has a DC motor 711 capable of forward and reverse rotation and drives one link mechanism 54 by rotation in one direction, while another link by rotation in the other direction. Two motor drive units 70A and 70B for driving the mechanism 54 are juxtaposed, and the motor drive units 70A and 70B of the link mechanisms 54 of the four sets of payout mechanisms 501 to 504 are directed in one direction of the DC motor 711. The link mechanism 54 of the set driven by rotation is the left-right direction of the pedal members 52 and the stopper members 53 arranged in four rows by rotating the two motor drive units 70A and 70B in one direction of the DC motor 711. While arranged in a manner of driving two rows of pedal members 52 and stopper members 53 on one side, a set of link mechanisms 54 driven by rotation of the motor drive units 70A and 70B in the other direction of the DC motor 711 is provided. Two motor drive units 70A, 70 By rotating the DC motor 711 in the other direction of B, the pedal members 52 and the stopper members 53 arranged side by side in four rows are arranged in a manner of driving two rows of the pedal members 52 and the stopper members 53 on the opposite side in the left-right direction. Therefore, when selling the product S stored in the product storage passage 43 corresponding to the four rows of short size products S, the DC motors 711 of the two motor drive units 70A and 70B are individually rotated in the normal direction. Alternatively, by reversing, the short-sized product S stored in each product storage passage 43 can be individually and stably carried out, while the product stored in the product storage passage 43 corresponding to the two rows of long-sized products L. When selling L, the DC motors 711 of the two motor drive units 70A and 70B are synchronized to rotate forward or reverse, respectively, to stabilize the long-sized product L stored in each product storage passage 43 individually. The product can be carried out, and the number of drive means can be reduced while making it possible to sell different types of products having different lengths on one product storage shelf 43.

なお、前述した実施の形態においては、2個のモータ駆動ユニット70A,70Bを用いて商品収納棚10に画成された4列の商品コラムに収納した商品を販売する例について説明したが、商品収納棚10に左右2列のみの商品コラムを画成する場合には、駆動手段を一つ(例えば、モータ駆動ユニット70A)とし、リンク機構54とこのリンク機構54を介して商品収納通路43に交互に出没するペダル部材52およびストッパ部材53を組とする4組の払出機構501〜504を前記モータ駆動ユニット70Aにより駆動される第1,第3払出機構501,503のみとし、第1,第3払出機構501,503のペダル部材52の保持部521およびストッパ部材53の保持部532の幅を略2倍の長さとすることもできるものである。 In the above-described embodiment, an example of selling products stored in four rows of product columns defined on the product storage shelf 10 by using two motor drive units 70A and 70B has been described. When a product column having only two rows on the left and right is defined on the storage shelf 10, one drive means (for example, a motor drive unit 70A) is used, and the product storage passage 43 is provided via the link mechanism 54 and the link mechanism 54. The four sets of payout mechanisms 501 to 504, which are a set of the pedal member 52 and the stopper member 53 that appear and disappear alternately, are limited to the first and third payout mechanisms 501 and 503 driven by the motor drive unit 70A, and the first and first payout mechanisms are the first and third payout mechanisms. 3 The width of the holding portion 521 of the pedal member 52 and the holding portion 532 of the stopper member 53 of the payout mechanisms 501 and 503 can be substantially doubled.

4…商品収納ラック、5…商品搬出装置、10…商品収納棚、42…仕切部材、43…商品収納通路、44…商品投入口、45…商品搬出口、52…ペダル部材、53…ストッパ部材、54…リンク機構、541a,541b,541c,541d…リンク部材、70A,70B…モータ駆動ユニット(駆動手段)、81…第1売切検出機構、82…第2売切検出機構、83…第3売切検出機構、84…第4売切検出機構、90…配線ガイド、501…第1払出機構、502…第1払出機構、503…第3払出機構、504…第4払出機構、711…直流モータ、801a〜801d…検出レバー。 4 ... Product storage rack, 5 ... Product unloading device, 10 ... Product storage shelf, 42 ... Partition member, 43 ... Product storage passage, 44 ... Product inlet, 45 ... Product carry-out outlet, 52 ... Pedal member, 53 ... Stopper member , 54 ... Link mechanism, 541a, 541b, 541c, 541d ... Link member, 70A, 70B ... Motor drive unit (driving means), 81 ... First sold-out detection mechanism, 82 ... Second sold-out detection mechanism, 83 ... 3 Sold-out detection mechanism, 84 ... 4th sold-out detection mechanism, 90 ... Wiring guide, 501 ... 1st payout mechanism, 502 ... 1st payout mechanism, 503 ... 3rd payout mechanism, 504 ... 4th payout mechanism, 711 ... DC motor, 801a to 801d ... Detection lever.

Claims (3)

商品投入口に対して商品搬出口が低くなるように傾斜して配設された商品収納棚を上下方向に多段に有し、この商品収納棚に横倒し姿勢の商品を前後方向に一列に整列して収納する商品収納通路を仕切部材により左右方向に複数画成してなり、商品収納棚おける商品搬出口の近傍に配設した商品搬出装置により商品収納通路に収納された商品を一個ずつ切り出して搬出する商品収納ラックを備えた自動販売機の商品搬出装置において、前記商品収納棚に横倒し姿勢の商品を前後方向に一列に整列して収納する商品収納通路を仕切部材のセット位置に応じて、少なくとも左右方向に2列のロングサイズの商品に対応する商品収納通路若しくは左右方向に4列のショートサイズの商品に対応する商品収納通路に可変可能であり、前記商品搬出装置は、リンク機構とこのリンク機構を介して商品収納通路に交互に出没するペダル部材およびストッパ部材を組とする4組の払出機構、および4組の払出機構のリンク機構を駆動する駆動手段を備え、前記4組の払出機構のそれぞれのペダル部材およびストッパ部材はショートサイズの商品の長さに対応する長さを有して4列のショートサイズの商品に対応する商品収納通路に対応して左右方向に並置され、駆動手段は、正逆転可能な直流モータを有するとともに一方向への回転により一つのリンク機構を駆動する一方、他方向への回転により他の一つのリンク機構を駆動するモータ駆動ユニットを2個並置してなり、前記4組の払出機構のリンク機構のうちのモータ駆動ユニットの直流モータの一方向への回転により駆動される組のリンク機構は、2個のモータ駆動ユニットの直流モータの一方向への回転により4列に並置されたペダル部材およびストッパ部材のうちの左右方向一方寄りの2列のペダル部材およびストッパ部材を駆動する態様で配される一方、モータ駆動ユニットの直流モータの他方向への回転により駆動される組のリンク機構は、2個のモータ駆動ユニットの直流モータの他方向への回転により4列に並置されたペダル部材およびストッパ部材のうちの左右方向他方寄りの2列のペダル部材およびストッパ部材を駆動する態様で配してなることを特徴とする自動販売機の商品搬出装置。 It has multiple product storage shelves arranged so that the product outlet is lowered with respect to the product input port in the vertical direction, and the products in a sideways posture are arranged in a row in the front-rear direction on this product storage shelf. the product storage passage for storing it forms more images in the horizontal direction by the partition member Te, cut out goods stored in the product storage passage by article carrying-out device which is arranged in the vicinity of the product outlet port for definitive goods storage shelves one by one In the product unloading device of the vending machine equipped with the product storage rack to be carried out, the product storage passage for storing the products in the sideways posture in a row in the front-rear direction on the product storage shelf is set according to the setting position of the partition member. are possible variable to product storage passage corresponding to the product of the product storage passage or in the lateral direction in four columns short size corresponding to the product of the long size of two rows in at least the lateral direction, the article carrying-out device, the link and the link mechanism The four sets of payout mechanisms are provided with four sets of payout mechanisms including pedal members and stopper members that alternately appear and disappear in the product storage passage via the mechanism, and drive means for driving the link mechanism of the four sets of payout mechanisms. Each pedal member and stopper member has a length corresponding to the length of the short-sized product and is juxtaposed in the left-right direction corresponding to the product storage passage corresponding to the four rows of short-sized products. Two motor drive units that have a DC motor capable of forward and reverse rotation and drive one link mechanism by rotating in one direction while driving another link mechanism by rotating in the other direction are juxtaposed. set of link mechanism driven by the rotation in one direction of the DC motor of the motor drive unit of the link mechanism of the four sets of dispensing mechanism, by rotation in one direction of the DC motor of the two motors driving unit The pedal members and stopper members arranged side by side in the four rows are arranged in a manner of driving two rows of pedal members and stopper members arranged in one direction in the left-right direction, while the motor drive unit is rotated in the other direction by the DC motor. The link mechanism of the set to be driven includes the pedal members and the stopper members arranged in four rows by the rotation of the DC motor in the other direction of the two motor drive units, and the two rows of pedal members on the opposite side in the left-right direction. A product unloading device for a vending machine, characterized in that the stopper members are arranged in a driving manner. 請求項1に記載の自動販売機の商品搬出装置において、前記商品搬出装置は、矩形平板状の後端側に左右方向に4個の商品収納通路に通じる開口部を有する薄板鋼板製の基板、前記基板の開口部にそれぞれ配設され、販売順位一番の商品を保持する態様で前記開口部を通じて商品収納通路に突出する突出位置と前記販売順位一番の商品の保持を解放する態様で前記商品収納通路から退避する退避位置との間を移動可能なように前記基板に保持された回動軸に回動自在に支持されたペダル部材、前記基板の開口部にそれぞれ配設され、販売順位二番の商品を保持する態様で前記開口部を通じて商品収納通路に突出する突出位置と前記販売順位二番の商品の保持を解放する態様で前記商品収納通路から退避する退避位置にとの間を移動可能なように前記基板に保持された回動軸に回動自在に支持されたストッパ部材、前記基板の前端側に左右に離隔して配され、正逆転可能な直流モータを有するとともに一方向への回転により一つのリンク機構を駆動する一方のリンクレバー、前記直流モータの他方向への回転により他の一つのリンク機構を駆動する他方のリンクレバーを有するモータ駆動ユニット、前記ペダル部材およびストッパ部材を突出位置と退避位置とに移動させる下部リンクピンおよび上部リンクピンと、これらの下部リンクピンおよび上部リンクピンを支持してスライド移動自在に配され、前記各モータ駆動ユニットの一方のリンクレバーと前記基板の後端側の開口部に配されたペダル部材およびストッパ部材の一つとをそれぞれ連繋する態様で配されたリンク部材、およびモータ駆動ユニットのうちの他のモータ駆動ユニットの他方のリンクレバーと前記基板の後端側の左右両側の開口部に配されたペダル部材およびストッパ部材の一つとをそれぞれ連繋する態様で配されたリンク部材とからなるリンク機構、前記基板の前端側に敷設した合成樹脂製の配線ガイド、前記配線ガイドに配した売切検出スイッチと、この売切検出スイッチと前記ペダル部材とを連繋する態様で上下方向に延在し、前記ペダル部材若しくはストッパ部材の挙動に連動して上下方向にスライド移動して前記売切検出スイッチを作動させる検知レバーとからなる売切れ検出機構、を備えてなることを特徴とする自動販売機の商品搬出装置。 In the product unloading device of the vending machine according to claim 1, the product unloading device is a substrate made of a thin steel plate having openings leading to four product storage passages in the left-right direction on the rear end side of a rectangular flat plate shape. The above-mentioned is arranged in the opening of the substrate, respectively, in a manner of holding the product having the highest sales order, and in a manner of releasing a protruding position protruding into the product storage passage through the opening and holding the product having the highest sales order. A pedal member rotatably supported by a rotation shaft held on the substrate so as to be movable between and a retracted position retracted from the product storage passage, and a pedal member rotatably supported in the opening of the substrate, respectively, in order of sale Between the protruding position protruding into the product storage passage through the opening in the mode of holding the second product and the retracting position of retracting from the product storage passage in the mode of releasing the holding of the second product in the sales order. A stopper member rotatably supported by a rotating shaft held on the substrate so as to be movable, and a DC motor rotatably arranged on the front end side of the substrate and capable of forward and reverse rotation in one direction. one of the link lever which drives one of the link mechanism by the rotation of the motor drive unit with the other link lever that drives the other one of the link mechanism by the rotation in the other direction of the DC motor, the pedal member and the stopper The lower link pin and the upper link pin that move the member to the protruding position and the retracted position, and the lower link pin and the upper link pin that are slidably arranged to support the lower link pin and the upper link pin, and one link lever of each motor drive unit. A link member arranged in a manner of connecting one of the pedal member and the stopper member arranged in the opening on the rear end side of the substrate, and the other link lever of the other motor drive unit among the motor drive units. A link mechanism composed of a link member arranged in a manner of connecting the pedal member and one of the stopper members arranged in the openings on the left and right sides on the rear end side of the substrate, respectively, was laid on the front end side of the substrate. A synthetic resin wiring guide, a sold-out detection switch arranged on the wiring guide, and the sold-out detection switch and the pedal member are connected to each other and extend in the vertical direction to affect the behavior of the pedal member or the stopper member. A product unloading device for a vending machine, which comprises a sold-out detection mechanism including a detection lever that slides and moves in the vertical direction in conjunction with each other to operate the sold-out detection switch. 請求項2に記載の自動販売機の商品搬出装置において、配線ガイドは、売切れ検出機構における検知レバーの上部側を保持し、かつ、検知レバーを待機位置に復帰させる付勢ばねを係止固定してなることを特徴とする自動販売機の商品搬出装置。 In the product unloading device of the vending machine according to claim 2, the wiring guide holds the upper side of the detection lever in the sold-out detection mechanism, and locks and fixes the urging spring that returns the detection lever to the standby position. A product unloading device for vending machines, which is characterized by being a product.
JP2016250473A 2016-12-26 2016-12-26 Vending machine product unloading device Active JP6834466B2 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016250473A JP6834466B2 (en) 2016-12-26 2016-12-26 Vending machine product unloading device
CN201711433673.6A CN108242105B (en) 2016-12-26 2017-12-26 Commodity output device of vending machine

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016250473A JP6834466B2 (en) 2016-12-26 2016-12-26 Vending machine product unloading device

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
JP2018106324A JP2018106324A (en) 2018-07-05
JP6834466B2 true JP6834466B2 (en) 2021-02-24

Family

ID=62787904

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2016250473A Active JP6834466B2 (en) 2016-12-26 2016-12-26 Vending machine product unloading device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6834466B2 (en)

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2018106324A (en) 2018-07-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5742397B2 (en) vending machine
JP6984266B2 (en) vending machine
JP5810567B2 (en) Vending machine product storage rack
JP5736869B2 (en) vending machine
JP2018049512A (en) vending machine
JP5720336B2 (en) vending machine
JP2012137949A (en) Automatic dispenser
JP2013191031A (en) Automatic vending machine
JP2012221245A (en) Merchandise carrying-out device of automatic vending machine
CN112489301B (en) Goods delivery device for vending machine
CN108242105B (en) Commodity output device of vending machine
JP6834466B2 (en) Vending machine product unloading device
JP6561783B2 (en) Vending machine product unloading device
JP6834465B2 (en) vending machine
JP6980817B2 (en) vending machine
JP6899921B2 (en) vending machine
JP2012221242A (en) Commodity storage rack of vending machine
JP6749154B2 (en) Vending machine product unloading device
JP6954455B2 (en) vending machine
JP2012194798A (en) Article discharge device of automatic dispenser
JP5742405B2 (en) Vending machine product storage rack
JP2018106322A (en) vending machine
JP5949011B2 (en) Vending machine product unloading device
JP6682343B2 (en) Vending machine product unloading device
JP6737015B2 (en) Vending machine product unloading device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
A621 Written request for application examination

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A621

Effective date: 20191114

A977 Report on retrieval

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A971007

Effective date: 20201015

A131 Notification of reasons for refusal

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A131

Effective date: 20201028

A521 Request for written amendment filed

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A523

Effective date: 20201210

TRDD Decision of grant or rejection written
A01 Written decision to grant a patent or to grant a registration (utility model)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A01

Effective date: 20210105

A61 First payment of annual fees (during grant procedure)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A61

Effective date: 20210118

R150 Certificate of patent or registration of utility model

Ref document number: 6834466

Country of ref document: JP

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R150

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250